Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout01-24-19-2f - Resolution - 01/24/2019RESOLUTION NO. 0\-~~ -\q-~+ A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, ALLOWING THE MAYOR TO SIGN A GATEWAY MONUMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE GATEWAY MONUMENT PROJECT AT STATE HIGHWAY 6 AND ENTRY ROAD TO TEXAS WORLD SPEEDWAY. WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of College Station, Texas, supports the City's plan to construct the Gateway Monument Project ("Project") at State Highway 6 and Entry Road to Texas World Speedway; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of College Station, Texas, agrees to fund the Gateway Monument Project 100% of the value of the Project; now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS: PART 1: PART2: PART 3: PART4: That the City Council hereby approves the Gateway Monument Agreement which is attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit "A." That the City Council hereby approves of the Mayor signing the Agreement. That the City Council hereby agrees to fully fund the Gateway Monument Project construction costs. That this resolution shall take effect immediately from and after its passage. ADOPTED thisdo~~ day of "S..n~o.r-y , 2019. ATTEST: APPROVED: THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TRAVIS § GATEWAY MONUMENT AGREEMENT Contract No. l 7-8XXF6001 THIS AGREEMENT is made by and between the State of Texas, acting by and through the Texas Department of Transportation, hereinafter called the "State", and the City of College Station, acting through its duly authorized officials, as evidenced by Resolution or Ordinance NumberOl-4'4-l<f-~ated l-7..'l-19 , hereinafter called the "Local Entity". BACKGROUND The State owns and maintains a system of highways, including State Highway 6 in Brazos County, Texas, for public use and benefit. The State agrees to allow for the construction of a Gateway Monument within the State's right of way and the Local Entity agrees to construct the Monument and to conduct the long term maintenance for this structure located at State Highway 6 (Earl Rudder Freeway) and Texas World Speedway, referred to as the "Gateway Monument," more specifically described in Attachment "A," Project Map, which is attached hereto. The Local Entity will conduct the Monument's long term maintenance activities through the use of Local Entity forces, contractors, or other means satisfactory to the Local Entity and the State. THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained in this Agreement, the parties agree to the following. AGREEMENT SECTION 1. PERIOD OF THE AGREEMENT This Agreement becomes effective when finally executed by the State and shall continue unless or until otherwise terminated as provided by this agreement. SECTION 2. FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES All costs covered by this agreement including design, engineering, testing, construction, installation, access for maintenance, maintenance, labor, materials, supplies, traffic control, additional improvements, and if required, removal of the Gateway Monument, shall be the responsibility of the Local Entity. Any administrative costs associated with the Gateway Monument that are incurred by the State, such as those related to proposal review, as well as developing, issuing, and monitoring the Agreement for approved the Gateway Monument project shall be the responsibility of the State. I nterlocal-1 nterlocal_ Gateway_ Mon 1 of8 05/31/2017 Contract No. 17-8XXF6001 SECTION 3. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PARTIES A. The Local Entity agrees to: 1. Provide Gateway Monument design plans to the State before execution of this agreement according to State policy and, upon final approval, furnish and construct the Gateway Monument according to plans approved by the State, which are set out more specifically in Attachment "B," Local Entity's Final Gateway Monument Proposal, which is attached to this Agreement, and include any other related installation items that may be required; and 2. Furnish, erect, and maintain any barricades, signs and traffic handling devices, in accordance with the latest Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and to the satisfaction of the State related to this project, as may be required to protect the safety of the public; and 3. Conduct periodic inspections of the Gateway Monument as deemed necessary; and 4. Provide for the construction and maintenance of all associated appurtenances that are considered by the State to be a part of the project. The Local Entity further agrees to remove such items from the project's location and restore the area to the satisfaction of the State upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9. B. The State agrees to: 1. Review and evaluate the Gateway Monument proposal submitted by the Local Entity with due consideration to safety (location, potential for motorist distraction, accessibility for maintenance, etc.), aesthetics, community support and maintainability; and 2. Coordinate with other State Divisions, as appropriate, as well as interact with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) for input, review and approval; and 3. Cooperate with the Local Entity to determine the requirements for barricades, signs, and traffic handling devices to be used by the Local Entity during the construction and maintenance of the Gateway Monument; and 4. Provide maintenance access to the project location for the Local Entity or for its Contractor or group, and if possible, from outside the highway right of way; and 5. Conduct periodic inspections of the Gateway Monument as deemed necessary. C. The Local Entity and State further agree that nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed to: 1. Give either party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other; or 2. Constitute the parties as partners, joint venturers, co-owners, or otherwise as participants in a joint or common undertaking; or allow either party to create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other party for any purpose whatsoever. I nterlocal-1 nterlocal_ Gateway_ Mon 2 of8 05/31/2017 Contract No. 17-8XXF6001 SECTION 4. DESIGN AND PLACEMENT OF GATEWAY MONUMENTS A. Gateway Monuments shall be designed and placed so as to: 1. Be freestanding. 2. Feature only the letters of the community name and/or officially adopted seal. 3. Include, if required by the State, approved protective graffiti coatings. 4. Be appropriate to its proposed setting and community context. 5. Be in proper size and scale with its surroundings. 6. Be composed of materials that are durable for the projected life span of the project. 7. Be located beyond the clear zone, for both main lane traffic and frontage road traffic. 8. Be located where maintenance can be safely performed, as specified in the Gateway Monument Agreement, and in conformance with State procedures. 9. Be subject to the review and approval of the State in consideration of design, size, and scale for appropriate integration on urban or rural highway features. B. Gateway Monuments shall not: 1. Be allowed within the center median areas of interstate highway rights-of-way. 2. Contain religious, political, special interest, private, or commercial messages of any sort, including, but not limited to, symbols, logos, business names, trade names, jingles, or slogans. 3. Contain any displays of any sort, advertising, decorative banners, flags, or flag poles. 4. Display telephone numbers, street addresses, or Internet addresses. 5. Interfere with airspace above the roadway. 6. Create a distraction to the motoring public; for example, the Gateway Monument shall be large enough to interpret at highway speed, but not be so large that it demands attention from the motorist. 7. Include reflective or glaring surface finishes. 8. Include illumination that impairs or distracts the vision of transportation system users. Other lighting may be permitted. 9. Display blinking or intermittent or moving lights, including changeable message signs, digital displays, or lighted static displays such as LED. 1 O. Include moving elements (kinetic art) or simulate movement. 11. Include water features of any sort. 12. Interfere with official traffic control devices, nor interfere with the operational right-of- way above the roadway. 13. Be placed within State right-of-way upon trees, or painted or drawn upon rocks or other existing natural features. 14. Make use of or simulate colors or combinations of colors usually reserved for official traffic control devices described in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 15. Require the removal of trees or other vegetation for visibility, or harm trees during construction. Pruning of tree branches or roots, and removal of shrubs should be avoided. 16. Negatively impact existing highway features, including existing signs, irrigation systems, necessary drainage patterns, and facilities. I nterlocal-1 nterlocal_ Gateway_ Mon 3 of8 05/31/2017 Contract No. 17-8XXF6001 SECTION 5. MAINTENANCE The Local Entity shall provide regularly scheduled maintenance, as described in Attachment "B," the Local Entity's Final Gateway Monument Proposal, for its projected lifespan. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, restoration work to maintain the integrity of the approved Gateway Monument, maintenance of any associated landscaping or lighting, and graffiti removal. Gateway Monuments shall be kept clean, free of graffiti, and in good repair. Graffiti removal shall conform to the most current State policies and guidelines, which require prompt removal of offensive messages and timely removal of all other graffiti. Maintenance practices of the Local Entity or its agent shall protect air and water quality as required by federal and state law. SECTION 6. MONUMENT REMOVAL The Local Entity shall remove the Gateway Monument covered by this agreement, if in the opinion of the State, it creates safety or operational concerns due to deterioration or inadequate maintenance or upon termination of the main Gateway Monument Agreement. The State will notify the Local Entity when it has determined that the Gateway Monument requires special attention. In the event the Local Entity fails to maintain, repair, rehabilitate, or remove the Gateway Monument in a timely manner, the State may choose to remove the Gateway Monument after thirty (30) days following notification to the Local Entity, and bill the Local Entity for all costs of removal and restoration of the area. The State reserves the right to remove the Gateway Monument due to construction, rehabilitation, violation of the terms of this agreement, or other necessary activities affecting the transportation facilities without any obligation, compensation to, or approval of the Local Entity. The State will strive to notify the Local Entity of its intent to remove the Gateway Monument to allow for timely removal and salvage by the Local Entity, if possible. The State reserves the right to remove or alter any Gateway Monument that presents an immediate safety hazard to the public without delay or advanced notification to the Local Entity. SECTION 7. USE OF CONTRACTOR OR GROUP The Local Entity shall have the right to engage any responsible Contractor or group to perform or provide any portion of the Local Entity's Gateway Monument activities specified in this Agreement. However, notwithstanding this provision, the Local Entity shall continue to remain responsible to the State to ensure performance of all its duties and responsibilities specified in this Agreement. The Local Entity shall ensure that any Contractor or group complies with all provisions of this agreement, and federal, state, and local laws, and regulations as may be applicable. In the event the Local Entity engages a Contractor to perform Gateway Monument construction or maintenance activities under this Agreement, the Local Entity shall ensure that said Contractor shall indemnify the State for any and all damages and claims for damages by said Contractor, its employees, agents, or representatives, including any claims resulting from bodily injury or death to others, or, for loss of or damage to property of others, arising out of, incident to, or in any manner connected to Gateway Monument construction or I nterlocal-1 nterlocal_ Gateway_ Mon 4of8 05/31/2017 Contract No. 17-8XXF6001 maintenance activities, and, for any or all liability arising from the negligent acts of said Contractor, its employees, agents, or representatives. In the event the Local Entity engages and approves a responsible group to perform Gateway Monument construction or maintenance activities under this Agreement, the Local Entity shall require and ensure that said Contractor or group follow all the terms of this Agreement as well as all Attachments. SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION The Local Entity and the State each acknowledge responsibility for the acts, deeds, errors and omissions of its own employees. The parties agree that the Texas Tort Claims Act pertaining to governmental liability for tortious conduct and/or property damage shall apply to this Agreement. To the extent provided by the law, the Local Entity shall also indemnify and save harmless the State from any and all expense, including, but not limited to, attorney fees, which may be incurred by the State in litigation or otherwise resisting a claim or liabilities that may be imposed on the State as a result of error, omission, or act of the Local Entity, its agents, or its employees. SECTION 9. TERMINATION This Agreement may be terminated under any of the following conditions: A. By mutual written agreement and consent of both parties; or B. By either party upon giving the other party thirty (30) days prior written notice; or C. By the State, in the event the State determines that the Gateway Monument is not in the best interest of the traveling public. If either party terminates this Agreement, as provided herein, the Local Entity will be responsible for repair or removal of the Gateway Monument. In the event that the Local Entity does not provide the repair or removal services, the State may remove or repair the Gateway Monument and shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Local Entity for any reasonable costs incurred by the State to restore the State's right of way to its original condition. SECTION 10. AMENDMENTS Amendments to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be executed by both parties. SECTION 11. AUDIT The state auditor may conduct an audit or investigation of any entity receiving funds from the state directly under the contract or indirectly through a subcontract under the contract. Acceptance of funds directly under the contract or indirectly through a subcontract under this contract acts as acceptance of the authority of the state auditor, under the direction of the legislative audit committee, to conduct an audit or investigation in connection with those funds. An entity that is the subject of an audit or investigation must provide the state auditor with access to any information the state auditor considers relevant to the investigation or audit. I nterlocal-1 nterlocal_ Gateway_ Mon 5 of8 05/31/2017 Contract No. 17-8XXF6001 SECTION 12. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Local Entity shall not assign or otherwise transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement except with prior written consent of the State, and any prohibited assignment or transfer shall be null and void. SECTION 13. REMEDIES This Agreement shall not be considered as specifying the exclusive remedy for any default. All legal remedies may be pursued by either party and shall be cumulative. SECTION 14. INSURANCE If this agreement authorizes the Local Entity or its contractor to perform any work on State right of way, before beginning work, the entity performing the work shall provide the State with a fully executed copy of the State's Form 1560 Certificate of Insurance verifying the existence of coverage in the amounts and types specified on the Certificate of Insurance for all persons and entities working on the State right of way. This coverage shall be maintained until all work on the State right of way is complete. If coverage is not maintained, all work on State right of way shall cease immediately, and the State may recover damages and all costs of completing the work. SECTION 15. NOTICES All notices to either party by the other under this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the following addresses: STATE: Texas Department of Transportation District Engineer 2591 North Earl Rudder Freeway Brvan, Texas 77803-5190 SECTION 16. GRATUITIES LOCAL ENTITY: City of College Station Attn: Director of Public Works P.O. Box 9960 ColleQe Station, Texas 77842 Texas Transportation Commission policy mandates that employees of the State shall not accept any benefits, gifts, or favors from any person doing business or who reasonably speaking may do business with the State under this Agreement. Any person doing business with or who may reasonably speaking do business with the State under this Agreement may not make any offer of benefits, gifts or favors to State employees. Failure on the part of the Local Entity to adhere to this policy may result in the termination of this Agreement. I nterlocal-1 nterlocal_ Gateway_ Mon 6 of8 05/31/2017 Contract No. 17-8XXF6001 SECTION 17. INCORPORATION OF PROVISIONS Attachments "A" and "B" are made part of this contract. The parties shall comply with the provisions of Attachments "A" and "B'' as if they were set forth in full within the body of this contract. SECTION 18. SIGNATORY WARRANTY Each signatory warrants that the signatory has necessary authority to execute this agreement on behalf of the entity represented. THEREFORE, the Parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate originals. THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION ~ .· -- Atte . -~ ~ List of Attachments: THE STATE OF TEXAS Certified as being executed for the purpose and effect of activating and/or carrying out the orders, established policies or work programs heretofore approved and authorized by The Texas Transportation Commission District Engineer "A" -Project Map for Gateway Monument "B" -Local Entity's Final Gateway Monument Proposal I nterlocal-lnterlocal_ Gateway_ Mon 7 of8 05/31/2017 Contract No. 17-8XXF6001 Interlocal-Interlocal_Gateway_Mon 05/31/2017 8 of 8 Attachment A Project Map SH 6 S SH 6 S MESA VERDE DAVENP ORT D R HALONA CT DEER PARK D R TEXASWORLDSPEE D W A Y P EA CH CREE K CU T-O F F RD NARROW WY . Gateway Sign Location City Limit ATTACHMENT B Contract No. 17-8XXF6001 GATEWAY MOMUMENT PROPOSAL CITY OF COLLEGE STATION CITY OF CoILEGE STATION Home of Texas A&M University® SOUTH BOUNDARY STATE HIGHWAY 6 & TEXAS WORLD SPEEDWAY TABLE OF CONTENTS DRAFT RESOULTION MAINTENANCE PLAN COST ESTIMATE PLANS SPECIFCA TIONS 1 2 3 4 12 DRAFT RESOLUTION 1 RESOLUTION NO. ____ _ A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, ALLOWING THE MAYOR TO SIGN A GATElN A Y MONUMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION FOR COKSTRUCTION OF THE GATEWAY MONUMENT PROJECT AT STATE HIGHWAY 6 AND ENTRY ROAD TO TEXAS WORLD SPEEDWAY. WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of College Station, Texas, supports the City's plan to construct the Gateway Monument Project (''Project") at State Highway 6 and Entry Road to Texas World Speedway; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of College Station, Texas, agrees to fund the Gateway Monument Project 100% of the value of the Prcdect; now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS: PART 1: PART2: PART 3: PART4: That the City Council hereby approves the Gateway Monument Agreement which is attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit "A." That the City Council hereby approves of the Mayor signing the Agreement. That the City Council hereby agrees to fully fund the Gateway Monument Project construction costs. That this resolution shall take effect immediately from and after its passage. ADOPTED this day of , 2018. ATTEST: APPROVED: City Secretary MAYOR APPROVED: City Attorney MAINTENANCE PLAN Location: The monument will be located to the southeast of the intersection of State Highway 6 (HWY 6) and the Texas World Speedway Bridge in a grassy area between HWY 6 main lanes and the northbound feeder road within TXDOT Right-of-Way (ROW). The sign location is accessible by the northbound feeder road and there is ample room on the site for staging for construction and maintenance activities. Traffic Control will not be needed. Description: The monument will be constructed with a combination of brick, cast stone and CMU blocks on a structural pier foundation. There will be no landscaping features other than surrounding grass cover. Maintenance Requirements: Monument: For the first year the contractor will be responsible for maintenance and repairs of the sign. Once the construction warranty has expired the City of College Station (COCS) will take over responsibility for maintenance and repairs. The monument is located in an area of the ROW which the COCS has already entered into an AF A with TXDOT for landscaping improvements which requires routine maintenance. The monument will be inspected as part of the area landscaping maintenance program and will be repaired as necessary. Maintenance will include restoration work to maintain the integrity of the approved Gateway Monument, maintenance of lighting/solar system, and graffiti removal. The monument will be kept clean, free of graffiti, and in good repair. Graffiti removal shall conform to the most current TxDOT policies and guidelines, which require prompt removal of offensive messages and timely removal of all other graffiti. Landscaping: The grass surrounding the monument will be mowed as part of COCS existing maintenance schedule in place for the landscaping improvements within the ROW constructed under an AFA with TXDOT in 2010. 2 COST ESTIMATE Construction Cost Estimate: ITEM DESCRJPTION UNIT UNIT QUANITY 1 Gateway Monument Sign which 1 LS includes all material, labor, equipment and services, including all scheduled allowances necessary to complete construction of entire project PROJECT TOT AL Tentative Construction Schedule: Approval from TXDOT: Bidding NTP Advertise for Bid: 1 Month after NTP NTP Construction: 2 months after Advertisement Substantial Completion: 2 months after NTP Construction Final Completion: 1 month after Substantial Completion COST $130,000 $130,000 3 ....... CITY OF COLLEGE STATION Ifome o(Texas A&M University • OWNER 1101 Texas Ave, College Station, Texas 77840 (979) 764-3500 CITY OF COLLEGE STATION HIGHWAY 6 AND TEXAS WORLD SPEEDWAY ISSUE FOR BID I PERMIT September 2018 COLLEGE STATION - _J I -1~ -- ARCHITECT PIERCE GOODWIN ALEXANDER AND LINVILLE INC. 3131 Briarpark Suite 200, Houston, Texas 77042 (713) 622-1444 Fax (713) 968-9333 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PIERCE GOODWIN ALEXANDER AND LINVILLE INC. 3131 Briarpark Suite 200, Houston, Texas 77042 (713) 622-1444 Fax (713) 968-9333 DRAWING INDEX GO.OD COVER SHEET Al.10 PLANS/ELEVA TIDNS/DETAILS Al.20 SITE PLAN Cl.20 SITE GRADING PLAN Cl.21 STORM \/ATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Cl.22 STORM \/ATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN DETAILS Sl.01 STRUCTURAL PLAN I DETAILS I L BPICK, B1, GROUTED SOLID~ TO FULLY GROUTED REllffORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. . 0 - 0 . ro ' '" . ro ~ ITT c' ' N ,, = ~ ~ CT1, CAST STOIJE BAIJD~ ' ~ AREA PAVll1G ' '" REll1FORCED COl1CRITE FOUIJDATIOl1 s'-o" 2'-9 1/2" 2':11' -4 3/8" 2" 1 /2'' ~ CT1, CAST STOIJE CAP, SLOPE TO EDGE ~ CT1, CAST STOl1E SIGl1 GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REllJFORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. 1/2" L----BRICK, Bl, GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REllJFORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. i £ /SOLAR LIGHT orJ ArJGLED MOU~JTlrJG BRACKET 7'-2 3/8" ~ CT1, CAST STOIJE CAP, SLOPE TO EDGE IN------CT2, ROCK FACED CAST STOrJE GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REll1FORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. CTI, CAST STOIJE SIGIJ GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REll1FORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. ''l BRICK LEDGE WHERE rJEEDED. corJTRACTOR TO COORDl~JATE AT EACH SITE. SECTION I J/f = 1'-0@ ~ CTI, CAST STOIJE CAP, SLOPE TO EDGE 2'-8" /, 3'-2" 2" ~-+--BRICK, BI, GROUTED SOLID b ' 0 ~ OIJTO SURFACE Al1D PAllJTED BLACK. LITTERll1G TO BE I' -4" TALL REll1FORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. I I -I CTI. CAST STOIJE SIGIJ. GROUTED FRONT ELEVATION 11/4' = 1'-0'0 BRICK, Bl, GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REll1FORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. CTI, CAST STOIJE CAP, SLOPE T ~ CT2, ROCK FACED CAST STOIJE GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REllJFORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. ::::r 111111 ' 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I GENERAL NOTES I 8 0 ' 0 CTI, CAST STOIJE SIGIJ, GROUTED TO FULLY GROUTED REl~JFORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. BRICK, Bl, GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REll1FORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. CTI, CAST STOIJE CAP, SLOPE TO EDGE I I ~ CT2, ROCK FACED CAST STOIJE c--,~~~~~-~ / GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REllJFORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. v r CITY OF COLLEG E STAT ION Ho1ne of Texas A&ft.f U11ivrrsity" OWNER CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 1101 TEXAS AVE. COLLEGE STATION, TX 77840 [T] 979-764-3500 [F] ARCHITECT 3131 BRIARPARK SUITE 200 HOUSTON, TX 77042 [T] 713 6221444 IF] 713 968 9333 CONSULTANT PROJECT 11TlE I I I I I I I 1 I I I; I I I I '[ I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I ~ I I I / I CITY OF COLLEGE STATION ·,,,, I I I ' ' I I ' I I I I I ' I I I ~ I I I I 4 SOLAR LIGHTll1G, TYP ' SEE PLAIJ ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN 1 I I 252.75 L_ l I I I FOR MORE l~JFORMATIO~J. "c-J~ " 11 TO FULLY GPOUTED REllJFORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. -'" I I ' I i ~!~ '2 -. _::::.- :::; :;:: "" " ~ ;j' LU ~ ~~El ~:::::: cc • ~ ~ "~ ~~ ~ ~z "" ~ "@ il;; ~ ~ ~~~ . ~ ITT c' ' ITT ·~ ' n J--__ CTI, CAST STOIJE CAP WITH VERTICAL TURl1 DOWIJ, SLOPE TO EDGE CT2, ROCK FACED CAST STOIJE GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED RElrJFORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. CTI, CAST STOIJE SIGIJ GROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REllJFORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. REll1FORCED COIJCRETE FOUl1DATIOIJ AREA PAVlrJG SOLAR POLE BY EMBER LED: ESHil1E SOLAR EPOLE 53-10-GA. LOCATED AT REAR OF SIG~J. ALL WIRll1G AIJD COl1DUIT TO LIGHTS TO BE COl1CEALED. RE: SITE PLAIJ 5/Al.20 FOR LOCATIOIJ RE: STRUCTURAL DETAIL 21/Sl.01 FOR FOOTll1G ~ "--._ I "--._ I "--._ "--._ I "--._ "--._ I "--._ I "--._ "--._ I "--._ ~ "~ I -..__ '~/ ~~ SECTION I J/8' = 1'-0'@ I I I TI 5 '-o" ~ cT1, CAST STOIJE CAP WITH VERTICAL TURIJ DOWIJ, SLOPE TO EDGE CT2, ROCK FACED CAST STOl1E ROUTED SOLID TO FULLY GROUTED REll1FORCED CMU BACKUP WALL. REllJFORCED COl1CRITE FOUl1DATIOl1 AREA PAVllJG EDGE OF AREA PAVll1G I I I l "--._ I "--._ "--._ "--._ "--._ SOLAR LIGH~ll1G BY EMBER LED: VSHllJE LED VFC-L8-525-CC-V1 /VSHll1E 'FLOOD COMPACT (3) VSHll1E LED VFCW-L I 0-700-CC-VI /VSHll1E FLOO COMPACT WIDE (2) VSHll1E LED VSH-350-T5/VSHlf1 SHELTER LIGHT (2) l~JCLUDE MA~JUFACTURES MOU~ Tl~JG HARDWARE A~JD STAl1CHIOl1S. MISCELLAl1EOUS MOUf1Tll1 REQUIREMEl1TS N1D CO~TRACTOR TO SUPPLY WIRll1G COl111ECTIOI S IJOT SUPPLIED BY THE MN1UFACTURE. SECTION I J/f = 1'-0'® "--._ "--._ "--._ "--._ -..__ -..__ -..__ ~ ~ -- -~ ~ "" Q REAR ELEVATION 11/4' = 1·-0·0 SIDE ELEVATION 11/4' = 1·-0·0 38/-71 1/8" w z " Q w r z w u 48.95' <i"'' ,1i ./~ ./ \ ./ ./ \ ./ ./ \ ./ \ ./ ./ \ / ./ \ \'i,_ ./ \ ~ \6,, --------\ ~ .. " I : ~ w 49.23" ~ Q w r z w u 54'-91 1/2" ~--~--- ~s·~ 0 12' -9 Y ;s" ---------------- /" ./ ./ ./ ---- 0 x; .... a· ./ o,, \ ~ _, ol' ./ ./ ./ " ./ ./ 1 I' ____....-"(i _IJ \ \ \ ./ ./ \ \ \ ) ./ PLAN 11/4' = 1'-0'0 EXTERIOR FINISHES BRICK B1 LOCATlmj: TYPICAL MMjLJFACTURER: ACME BRICK TYPE: STMmARD SIZE: MODULAR COLOR: BLErm 137 REMARKS: -- CAST STONE CT1 LOCATlmt SEE ELEVATlmjS MMjLJFACTURER: SITEWORKS lrK . TYPE: SMOOTH CAST STmjE TRIM I SIGrj SIZE: VARIES COLOR: CREAM REMARKS: -- CT2 LOCATlmj: SEE ELEVATlmjS MMjLJFACTURER: SITEWORKS lrjC. TYPE: ROCK FACED CAST STmjE SIZE: VARIES COLOR: CREAM REMARKS: -- FINISH LEGEND I NO stALE(i) PROJECT NUMBER .!! 1003715 ·s; PROJECT LOCATION " :::; NE QUADRANT "" ~ HWY6AND " " " TX MOTOR SPEEDWAY ~ < DATE OF ISSUE " 'i " 0 c3 II REVISIONS ~ .!!1 a. REGIS1RAT10N COPYRIGllT C 2015 ~ PLANS/ ELEVATIONS I DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A1.10 I _J I L -~~ i~~ ~~~ 5~g '~~ '"" , ~ ~=i ~~~ ~i~ L'' ~ T .::: . ,.,.. SITE PLAN NTSC:0 SITE PLAN 11/Yf = 1'-o'0 v r CITY OF' COLLEGE ST1\TION Ho1ne of!exas A&ft.f U11ivrrsity " OWNER CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 1101 TEXAS AVE . COLLEGE STATION, TX 77840 [T] 979-764-3500 [F] ARCHITECT 3131 BRIARPARK SUITE 200 HOUSTON, TX 77042 [1] 713 622 1444 [F] 713 968 9333 CONSULTANT PROJECT TITLE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT NUMBER .!! II 1003715 '5 PROJECT LOCAT10N c: ::J olS NE QUADRANT ~ HWY6AND ~ TXMOTORSPEEDWAY ~ DATE OF ISSUE I c'5 II REVISIONS ~ ;;:: ~·~ • . .. REGISTRA TlON COPYRIGHT C 2015 ~ SHEET TITLE SITE PLAN SHEET NUMBER mbe1 2018 A1.20 I _J 2%2%T. O . S L A B E L . 2 5 2 . 7 5 FRONTAGE 6ROAD EASTHIGHWAY 6PROPOSED LOCATION FOR SOLAR POLEPROPOSED LOCATIONFOR ENTRYMONUMENT SIGNEXISTING HIGH WAY"FOOD NEXT" SIGNOWNERARCHITECT[T][F]CONSULTANTPROJECT TITLEPROJECT NUMBERPROJECT LOCATIONDATE OF ISSUEREVISIONSREGISTRATIONSHEET TITLESHEET NUMBERCOPYRIGHT ©Pierce Goodwin Alexander & LinvilleAlexandria Atlanta Austin Boca Raton Boston Dallas Houston Las Vegas Los Angeles Mexico CityNew Orleans PGAL TBPE REG. NO: F-27423131 BRIARPARKSUITE 200HOUSTON, TX 77042[T] 713 622 1444[F] 713 968 9333CITY OF COLLEGE STATION1101 TEXAS AVE.COLLEGE STATION, TX 77840979-764-3500CITY OF COLLEGE STATIONENTRY MONUMENT SIGN1003715NE QUADRANTHWY 6 AND TX MOTOR SPEEDWAY__2018SITE GRADING PLANC1.20N PEACH CREEK CUT OFFPROPOSED LOCATIONFOR ENTRYMONUMENT SIGNOWNERARCHITECT[T][F]CONSULTANTPROJECT TITLEPROJECT NUMBERPROJECT LOCATIONDATE OF ISSUEREVISIONSREGISTRATIONSHEET TITLESHEET NUMBERCOPYRIGHT ©Pierce Goodwin Alexander & LinvilleAlexandria Atlanta Austin Boca Raton Boston Dallas Houston Las Vegas Los Angeles Mexico CityNew Orleans 3131 BRIARPARKSUITE 200HOUSTON, TX 77042[T] 713 622 1444[F] 713 968 9333CITY OF COLLEGE STATION1101 TEXAS AVE.COLLEGE STATION, TX 77840979-764-3500CITY OF COLLEGE STATIONENTRY MONUMENT SIGN1003715NE QUADRANTHWY 6 AND TX MOTOR SPEEDWAY__2018STORM WATERPOLLUTIONPREVENTION PLANC1.214LEGEND9STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP)1"=40'1SWPPP CONSTRUCTION NOTESFRONTAGE 6 ROAD EASTHWY 6 OWNERARCHITECT[T][F]CONSULTANTPROJECT TITLEPROJECT NUMBERPROJECT LOCATIONDATE OF ISSUEREVISIONSREGISTRATIONSHEET TITLESHEET NUMBERCOPYRIGHT ©Pierce Goodwin Alexander & LinvilleAlexandria Atlanta Austin Boca Raton Boston Dallas Houston Las Vegas Los Angeles Mexico CityNew Orleans 3131 BRIARPARKSUITE 200HOUSTON, TX 77042[T] 713 622 1444[F] 713 968 9333CITY OF COLLEGE STATION1101 TEXAS AVE.COLLEGE STATION, TX 77840979-764-3500CITY OF COLLEGE STATIONENTRY MONUMENT SIGN1003715NE QUADRANTHWY 6 AND TX MOTOR SPEEDWAY__2018STORM WATERPOLLUTIONPREVENTION PLANDETAILSC1.221STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN DETAILS i ~ I ~-=~ ~ '.2 g ~~~ < ~ """w ~ s !! ~ g ~ '::: ~ = = ~ ~ !! 8~ O CL = e~~ "~~ u ff'.,__ E=~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ ii;;§::~ ~ ~ gj GENERAL NOTES: I. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, 2015 EDITION WITH CITY OF COLLEGE STATION AMENDMENTS THERETO. 2. WIND LOADS: WIND PRESSURES ARE BASED ASCE 7-10: 2.1. WIND SPEED= 115 MPH (3 SEC. GUST) 1.1. WIND EXPOSURE CATEGORY C 1.3. RISK CATEGORY 1 3. A MWFRS PRESSURE OF 24.5 PSF WAS USED FOR DESIGN. NET DESIGN FREE STANDING WALL PRESSURES OF 18.6 WAS CALCULATED PER SECTION 19.4-1. 4. PIER DESIGN IS BASED ON THE GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PERFORMED BY IERRACDN CONSULTING INC'. PROJECT NUMBER Al 185005. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE GEOTECH REPORT DATED MARCH 6, 1018 AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL DATED MARCH 19, 2D18 PRIOR TO INSTALLING PIERS. 5. GROUND WATER WAS NOT OBSERVED DURING GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR INSTALLING THE PIER TIP BELOW THE WATER TABLE. PIER CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT WITH A MINIMUM 18 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3DDO PSI PER SPECIFICATION 31 63 19 "DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS". 6. PIER DESIGN SERVICE LOAD = 17 TONS 7. GRADE BEAMS AND AREA PAVING CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT WITH A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4000 PSI PER SPECIFICATION 03 30 00. CONCRETE SHALL BE BROOM FINISHED AND WET CURED WITH BURLAP SACKS FDR 1 DAY. AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER, A RESIN BASEO, voe COMPLIANT, CURING COMPOUND MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF WET CURING. 8. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 60 kel. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF BAR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REBAR SHALL BE SUPPORTEO WITH PREFABRICATED CH~RS SPACED AT 24" EACH WAY ON CENTER. LEGS/BASE SHALL NOT HAVE EXPOSED BARE METAL. 9. LAP SPLICE #3 BAR = 24", #4 BAR = 30". GRADE BEAM TOP BARS SHALL BE LAPPED AT THE CENTER OF A SPAN, BETWEEN DRILLED PIERS. GRADE BEAM BOTTOM BARS SHALL BE LAPPED AT PIER LOCATIONS. LONG BARS SHALL BE RADIAL TO THE GRADE BEAM. I 0. GRADE BEAM SHALL BE SIDE FORMED, FULL DEPTH GRADE B~ FORMS MAY BE BROKEN DOWN 24 HOURS AFTER A POUR. 11. MASONRY, MORTAR AND GROUT SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED PER SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT CMU, HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING, MORTAR AND GROUT SELECTIONS TO BE APPROVED 8Y THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER. 11. AREA PAVING SHALL BE PLACED ON SELECT FILL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFlCATION 31 13 00 "EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT. SELECT FILL SHALL BE PLACED 5-FT BEYOND THE LIMITS OF THE AREA PAVING. WATER SHOULD NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE IN THE EXCAVATION AREA. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY RELATED WORK: 13. I. PIER INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 13.2. COMPACTION RECORDS 13.3. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS WITH TESTING HISTORY 13.4. REBAR SHOP DRAWINGS 13.5. REBAR CHAIR CUT SHEETS 13.6. CMU BLOCK, GROUT AND MORTAR TESTING 13.7. CMU AND BRICKS HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING CUT SHEETS 13.8. CONCRETE TEST REPORTS 13.9. SEALANT DATA SHEETS 13. I 0. PREFORMED JOINT CUT SHEETS 13. 11. ANCHOR RODS FOR THE SOLAR PANEL POLE 14. A CERTIFIED TESTING LAB SHALL PROVIDE COMPACTION, CONCRETE, REBAR PLACEMENT INSPECTION, MORTAR AND GROUT TESTING. THE TESTING LAB SHALL SUBMIT A LITTER SIGNED 8Y A TX ENGINEER STATING THAT ALL ITEMS WERE CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED PER PLANS. 15. ALL SUBMITTALS MUST BE REVIEWED AND STAMPED 8Y THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL. 16. THE OMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY OF FURNISHING AND INSTALLING SUCH MATERIALS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED. . $ TOP OF SHAFT ·~i FlNISHED GRADE '1~111~111! ,,_,,,_, w . ' v "" c: ~ Ll .~ r-~ 4'>"~ D w I ~ z CL '< 'l w ro • D ' 'ro "' Ll ,,.. 8-#9 VERTICAL· BARS EQ SPA PIER AT SOLAR ~ POLE AND GALVANIZED ANCHOR FACTURER EXPOSED CONG SHALL 1QTH BE RUBBED SMC ;.., ;.., "' a: ~ ... CONDUIT PER SOLAR UGHT MANUFACTURER 30"¢ DRILLED PIER I:.JLR #3 HOOP @ 12". AT TOP PROVIDE 5 HOOPS @ 3" PANEL 11/2' = 1'-0B IK' DEEP SAW CUT JOINT WITHIN 12 HOURS AFTER CONCRETE IS PLACED OR INSTALL A PREFORMED CONTRACTION JOINT AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. CONTRACTION JOINT MAY BE FULL DEPTH. FILL WILL JOINT SEALANT CONFORMING TO ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, USE T AND COLORED GREY. • REINF PER PLANS CONTROL JOINT DETAILS 16" = 1'-o"® X" %" BACKER ROD OR A PREFORMED n EXPANSION JOINT CAP AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER SILICONE SEALANT CONFORMING TO ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS 10%0. USE T AND COLORED GREY 1-~~~...,,.~~~~ b ' c c ' ' ' " ' - < L d q " q ~ ~ • " d -'"' )f BITUMINOUS FIBER BOARD ~ V/~ / OR PRESSURE TREATED PINE n V//1/"" PLYWOOD " d ~ q SEALED JOINT DETAILS 16" = 1'-0"® ,111111111111 I .,Wllllll 3" ~ w D ;;; Ll Ll z G i:S 13 w ro z ~ 'o ' -~ rr w ~ ~ D ~ ~ ro SEALED JOINT (TYP) SLOPE • \ GRADE BEAM. REINF OMITTED FOR CLARITY EXISTING GRADE AT TIME OF GEOTECH DRILLING rr ~ Ll ,_,_ 'n rr ~ Ll . n OPTIONAL SLIPCOVERS FOR EXPOSED REBAR TOP OF PIER ,... v 12"¢ DRILLED PIER #3 TIES @ 6" 3-#6 VERT D "118 . ~ -o rr ~ PIER DETAILS 11/2" = 1'::o"® ~ 12 #41 18 HOOKED BAR @ 18" MAX SPA n"'-ill"'lill --.-, -TTT- TED ) ~ 3" TYP ~" PERIMETER _ CHAMFER '=f FINISHED GRADE rrll~~Jl==-1 1 ~ 11! llF/lf ,, 1= I ·" I '-#4, TWO PER FACE .f----"----,f PROVIDE #4 CORNER BARS WITH 24" LEGS . D ' N AREA PAVING SECTION 13/4' = 1'-0'0 I I I ( ...... I I I I ...... I ...... I I I I I ii:' .!§_ I c, I . ; I ~ I /',%"· ...... ...... ...... ...... I I ...... I I I ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... 9',a*" ' ...... ...... ...... ............ ~i~H~~;T R~o·~l" (~;) rll 'iL ~ V l4 DOWEL @ 32" MAX. PROVIDE DOWEL AT EACH CORNER (TYP) z D E w ~ D rr ~ ~ w '< D D z ~ I . . I . . l}i} ~· VHORZ JOINT REINF @ 16" VERT SPA (TYP) v s" FULLY GROUTED CMU BACKUP WALL PER SECTIONS (TYP) ...... ...... ...... .......... ...... ...... ~ ...... ...... 9',811~" ,,, ...... ~ ...... ...... .......... ~ ~ ~ - ~ . 23! - . . ';' ro &' - ~ I ' ' ' I -' 15 92· ~ ~ - -' ;~~ . __ "!' i!l --- ' ' ' ' I I ' ' ' l'\15'-1%" 15.92' ~ ~ - -- ~ \ ' • .....-- SEALED JOINT AROUND PERIMETER OF GRADEJIE - \ \ ' ' ' / / ~ _....... / / / g ~i]/~ ~ \':;.91 / / / / / / / / ~~iii~ / / CONTROL JOINT (TYP) I / ~ (16\ / ~------------------------- \ / \ \ \ \ \ \ CONTROL JG(NT (TYP) (16\ \ ~ \ / / , _,&I• PRQVIDE ADDITIONAL j3x48" DIAGONAL BARS SPACED 3" FROM' EDGE AND EACH OTHER (TYP A\L CORNERS) / \ AR~ PAVING LIMITS\ PROVIDE PERIMCT~ HEADER / \ \ / / \ \ / \ ) / / l'\28'-5%-" ··'1.· ii;#' ··:·:.'!-~!:·' "'"·:.'t~!"' @lit' ., .. ,,,u~;·' ~i' ·:·.,:,u~;·' @lit ' ·::::.:.1k i:·' ~:::S'1F/·' i'it' #4 TIES @ 6" MAX SPA PLACE 3" FROM ANY EDGE. CENTER LAP 30" MIN AREA PAVING AND CONTROL JOINT 'iL ~ z D E w ~ D rr ~ ~ w '< D D z ~ :.~:;: ·':: ~\:: ,:::·: ·-~-'. :.~:;: ·/:: ~\:: ,:::·: ·-~-'. V l4 DOWEL @ 32" MAX. PROVIDE DOWEL AT EACH CORNER (TYP) ~HORZ JOINT REINF @ 16" VERT SPA (TYP) 8" FULLY GROUTED CMU BACKUP WALL PER SECTIONS (TYP) ~ I I I I LAYOUT 1174• = 1'-0"0 #3 TIES @ 12" MAX SPA PLACE J" FROM ANY EDGE OR CORNER. CENTER LAP 24" MIN _,,_____nll . D ' "i .. ,., .. n::. Ll ~:::S'1F/·' . N ·:-:~41~.i. . 0 ' n · .... ,:fl\ ,:·;':·it':··· · .. ·:u.:·:· ,,., . .. ;-· .. , "i Ll :;.-m \~Jt:(-" . N - -~ 3" (TYP) "i u . n ~ I • I I I I • \" =\ "-I \ \ II I t 3" (~P) \\II QJ 1[#4 W/12" HOOK AT EACH END ' •11" 2 -v2 • LONG BARS FROM TYPICAL SECTION 12" DRILLED PIER (TYP) 3'-o" • • ~ • ·1 I I I #4 W/12" HOOK- AT EACH END 1'-10" 7'-2)1,"' CONCRETE GRADE BEAM WIDEN END ii:' .!§_ ~~ . ; " . ,. . . . ·~ ' \#3x24" DOWEL@ 18" MAX SPA EMBED 12" AROUND PERIMETER. DRILL AND BOND WITH EPOXY ADHESIVE OR USE SPEED DOWELS AT THE OPTION OF THE CONTRACTOR. \#3x24" DOWEL @ 18" MAX ~ I \.. • '\ • • • • • • .J I SPA EMBED 12" AROUND \ I PERIMETER. DRILL AND BOND "i Ll . n 3" I<"-. ,.,.... -- 1'-0" "-#4 @ 6" SPACING PROVIDE ANCHORAGE HOOK AT EACH END (LONG BARS) 12" DRILLED PIER (TYP) 3'-o" ,,........ 5'-o"' CONCRETE GRADE BEAM WITH EPOXY ADHESIVE OR USE I, .. I SPEED DOWELS AT THE OPTION l<"-J-OF THE CONTRACTOR. 1'-0" SECTION 13/4" = 1·-00 TYPICAL SECTION 13/4' = 1'-0"0 J"'...,B:J:,, ' 0,,/ l'\21'-4"" .. 1 74 ~ &' INDICATES 12" DRILLED -......._ --~·t:r---,--~~P~IE~R~(TY:P~)~~<:'T~~-\-:::= ----............ <"/ ----------. ' - Q:'.} ------! -\ ' ------6:! \ .. _/--------~ -\.._./ .......... ~ . ' _....... .......... ~-.71~---------+-----......____ S? , ... -, ..l- 0::: -i--1_ J----_ -+:\ ~ ~ \..L,, -------~-\ i ' , 1592· 15.92' l'\25'-6%" ~ ~ \':;~1 ~ ,J,{ _......- _......- ,_ (' ' ·- _......- _......- :; ~~!~ _......- GRADE BEAM AND PIER LAYOUT 11/4" = 1'-0(0 c.:r~ CITY OF C OLLEGE STJ\Tl ON Ho1ne o/TtxaJ A&M U11iurnity" OWNER CllY OF COLLEGE STATION 1101 TEXAS AVE. COLLEGE STATION, TX 77840 [Tl 97!}-764-3500 [F] ARCHITECT 3131 BRIARPARK SUITE 200 HOUSTON, TX 77042 [Tl 713 622 1444 [F] 713 968 9333 CONSULTANT PROJECTMLE CllY OF COLLEGE STATION ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT NUMBER QI 1003715 -~ PROJECT LOCATION ~ NE QUADRANT -1i HWY6AND ~ TXMOTORSPEEDWAY ~ DATEOFISSUE " I 11 REVISIONS ~ .!!1 a. REGISTRATION COPYRIGHT ® 1015 __ .... ,,,, ---;s OF Ir-\\ -.,,~ ••••••• <.:L.-\1 I"~· •··-·L , 0 •• • •• "'* .· ·-. " .. ~· . " .......... ~ "'° 5 ."Cr::" -;Q •• •• 011' ·, ~"" ·.f.I CE r1 St,,~···"' .ff.:' \'-'S "••••••" G'- \\SfONAl s"'f:.--,,,,, __ SHEETITTLE September 2018 STRUCTURAL PLAN I DETAILS SHEET NUMBER 51.01 CITY OF COLLEGE STATION ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN HIGHWAY 6 AND TEXAS WORLD SPEEDWAY ISSUE FOR BID / PERMIT Prepared by September 14, 2018 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TABLE OF CONTENTS INDEX - 1 SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents DIVISION 0 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 003200 Geotechnical Report 004113 Bid Form – Stipulated Sum (Single-Prime Contract) DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 Summary 012500 Substitution Procedures 012600 Contract Modification Procedures 013100 Project Management and Coordination 013200 Construction Progress Documentation 013300 Submittal Procedures 014000 Quality Requirements 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015639 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection 016000 Product Requirements 017113 Mobilization 017123 Construction Surveying 017300 Execution 017419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 017700 Closeout Procedures 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data 017839 Project Record Documents DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS – (NOT USED) DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE 033000 Concrete DIVISION 4 – MASONRY – (NOT USED) 042000 Unit Masonry 047200 Cast Stone Masonry DIVISION 5 – METALS – (NOT USED) DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES – (NOT USED) DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION – (NOT USED) DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS – (NOT USED) DIVISION 9 – FINISHES – (NOT USED) City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TABLE OF CONTENTS INDEX - 2 DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES – (NOT USED) DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT – (NOT USED) DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS – (NOT USED) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION – (NOT USED) DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT – (NOT USED) DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION – (NOT USED) DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING – (NOT USED) DIVISION 23 – HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) – (NOT USED) DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL – (NOT USED) DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 311100 Clearing and Grubbing 312333 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling 312513 Erosion and Sedimentation Control DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 329213 Hydro-Mulch Seeding DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES – (NOT USED) ATTACHED SHEETS CSI 13.1A_Substitution Request CSI 13.6A_Change Order Request (Proposal) CSI 13.6C_Proposal Worksheet Detail CSI 13.6D_Proposal Worksheet Summary G701-2001 - Change Order Form Draft G710-1992 - Architect's Supplemental Instructions Form Draft G714-2007 - Construction Change Directive Form Draft G702-1992 - Application and Certificate for Payment Form Draft G703-1992 - Continuation Sheet Form Draft G706-1994 - Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims Form Draft G706A-1994 - Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens Form Draft G707-1994 - Consent of Surety of Final Payment Form Draft CSI 1.5A_Subcontactors and Major Material Suppliers List CSI 13.2B_Request for Interpretation Log G716-2004 - Request for Information (RFI) Form Draft G810-2001 - Transmittal Letter Form Draft END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway GEOTECHNICAL DATA 003201 DOCUMENT 00320 - GEOTECHNICAL DATA 1.1 GEOTECHNICAL DATA A. This Document with its referenced attachments is part of the Procurement and Contracting Requirements for Project. They provide Owner's information for Bidders' convenience and are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of Bidders' own investigations. They are made available for Bidders' convenience and information, but are not a warranty of existing conditions. This Document and its attachments are not part of the Contract Documents. B. A geotechnical investigation report for Project is attached to this section. END OF DOCUMENT 00320 REPORT COVER PAGE Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 Terracon Project No. A1185005 Prepared for: PGAL Architects Houston, Texas Prepared by: Terracon Consultants, Inc. College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 PGAL Architects 3131 Briarpark, Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77042 Attn: Mr. Jeffrey Gerber P: 713.622.1444 E: jpgerber@pgal.com Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign East quadrant at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway College Station, Texas Terracon Project No. A1185005 Dear Mr. Gerber: lrerracon Geo Report We have completed the Geotechnical Engineering services for the above referenced project. This study was performed in general accordance with Terracon Proposal No. PA1185005.R1 dated January 31, 2018. This report presents the findings of the subsurface exploration and provides geotechnical recommendations concerning earthwork and the design and construction of foundations for the proposed project. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. If you have any questions concerning this report, or if we may be of further service, please contact us. Sincerely, Terracon Consultants, Inc. g~!/: Office Manager /tiui~~ Sarah Hermes Staff Engineer ~~''''~· "!!!!" :t E. OF T£ .,'\.\ ~c,\~·······~'·• l'.t..-• * ····.t'~ , .................... 1 I JOSEPH D. HILL I "··~················~ ,,. , •• ( 11 as92 .:e iii' '\~~.6~~:'.~~.:c,~~ '\~~IONAL E.'' ...=" "'''"~~ ... Terraco n Cons ul tants, Inc. 6198 Imp eria l Loop College Station , TX 77845 P [97 9] 846 3767 F [979] 846 760 4 terraco n.co m Environmental • Facilities • Geotechnical 8 Materials Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable REPORT TOPICS REPORT TOPICS REPORT SUMMARY ....................................................................................................... I INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 1 SITE CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................... 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................. 2 GEOTECHNICAL CHARACTERIZATION ...................................................................... 2 GEOTECHNICAL OVERVIEW ....................................................................................... 3 EARTHWORK................................................................................................................. 4 SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS ........................................................................................... 6 GENERAL COMMENTS ............................................................................................... 10 Note: This report was originally delivered in a web-based format.Orange Bold text in the report indicates a referenced section heading. The PDF version also includes hyperlinks which direct the reader to that section and clicking on the logo will bring you back to this page. For more interactive features, please view your project online at client.terracon.com . ATTACHMENTS EXPLORATION AND TESTING PROCEDURES SITE LOCATION AND EXPLORATION PLANS EXPLORATION RESULTS (Boring Logs and Laboratory Data) SUPPORTING INFORMATION (General Notes and Unified Soil Classification System) Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable i REPORT SUMMARY Topic 1 Overview Statement 2 Project Description The proposed project is located between Highway 6 and Frontage 6 Road East near Texas World Speedway. The project includes the proposed construction of an entry monument sign. Geotechnical Characterization Clayey sand to about 8 feet Groundwater not encountered Earthwork Existing lean clays can be used for engineered fill Clays are sensitive to moisture variation Shallow Foundations Shallow foundations will be sufficient Expected settlements: < 1 inch total, < ½ inch differential Detect and remove zones of fill as noted in Earthwork Deep Foundations Deep foundations are not necessary for this site General Comments This section contains important information about the limitations of this geotechnical engineering report. 1.If the reader is reviewing this report as a pdf, the topics above can be used to access the appropriate section of the report by simply clicking on the topic itself. 2.This summary is for convenience only. It should be used in conjunction with the entire report for design purposes. Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 1 INTRODUCTION Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign East quadrant at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway College Station, Texas Terracon Project No. A1185005 March 6, 2018 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of our subsurface exploration and geotechnical engineering services performed for the proposed monument sign to be located at East quadrant at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway in College Station, Texas. The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering recommendations relative to: ■Subsurface soil conditions ■Excavation considerations ■Groundwater conditions ■Foundation design and construction ■Site preparation and earthwork The geotechnical engineering scope of services for this project included the advancement of one test boring to a depth of 20 feet below existing site grade. Maps showing the site and boring locations are shown in the Site Location and Exploration Plan sections, respectively. The results of the laboratory testing performed on soil samples obtained from the site during the field exploration are included on the boring logs in the Exploration Results section of this report. SITE CONDITIONS The following description of site conditions is derived from our site visit in association with the field exploration and our review of publicly available geologic and topographic maps. Item Description Parcel Information The project is located at the East quadrant at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway in College Station, Texas. The coordinates are approximately 30.530512° N 96.227125° W. (See Exhibit D) Existing Improvements Existing improvements in the project site vicinity include Highway 6 and Frontage 6. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 2 Item Description Current Ground Cover Lightly vegetated. Existing Topography Relatively level. Geology The site is located on the Manning Formation. The Manning Formation consists of quartz sand, clay, and lignite. It is on the order of 250 feet thick in full section. The formation grades generally from fine to medium grained sands. This formation also consists of fossil wood. A detailed geologic fault investigation and study of the site geology were beyond the scope of this study. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Our initial understanding of the project was provided in our proposal and was discussed in the project planning stage. Our final understanding of the project conditions is as follows: Item Description Information Provided Information for this proposal was provided by Jeffrey Gerber via email on January 25, 2018. Project Description The proposed project is located between Highway 6 and Frontage 6 Road East near Texas World Speedway. Proposed Structure The project includes an entry monument sign for the City of College Station. Building Construction Slab-on-grade foundation is planned for the proposed project. GEOTECHNICAL CHARACTERIZATION Subsurface Profile We have developed a general characterization of the subsurface soil and groundwater conditions based upon our review of the data and our understanding of the geologic setting and planned construction. The general characterization of the subsurface soil consists of clayey sand to a depth of 8 feet underlain by sandy lean clay to a depth of approximately 13 feet underlain by clayey sand that extends to the termination depth of the boring. The geotechnical characterization forms the basis of our geotechnical calculations and evaluation of site preparation and foundation option. As noted in General Comments, the characterization is based upon a single exploration point across the site, and variations are likely. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 3 Conditions encountered at each boring location are indicated on the individual boring log shown in the Exploration Results section and is attached to this report. Stratification boundaries on the boring logs represent the approximate location of changes in native soil types; in situ, the transition between materials may be gradual. Groundwater Conditions The boreholes were observed while drilling and after completion for the presence and level of groundwater. The water level observed in the boreholes can be found on the boring logs in Exploration Results. Groundwater was not observed in the boring while drilling, or for the short duration the borings could remain open. However, this does not necessarily mean the borings terminated above groundwater, or the water levels summarized above are stable groundwater levels. Due to the low permeability of the soils encountered in the borings, a relatively long period may be necessary for a groundwater level to develop and stabilize in a borehole. Long term observations in piezometers or observation wells sealed from the influence of surface water are often required to define groundwater levels in materials of this type. Groundwater level fluctuations occur due to seasonal variations in the amount of rainfall, runoff and other factors not evident at the time the borings were performed. Therefore, groundwater levels during construction or at other times in the life of the structure may be higher or lower than the levels indicated on the boring logs. The possibility of groundwater level fluctuations should be considered when developing the design and construction plans for the project. GEOTECHNICAL OVERVIEW The near surface sandy soils could become unstable with typical earthwork and construction traffic, especially after precipitation events. The effective drainage should be completed early in the construction sequence and maintained after construction to avoid potential issues. If possible, the grading should be performed during the warmer and drier time of the year. If grading is performed during the winter months, an increased risk for possible undercutting and replacement of unstable subgrade will persist. Additional site preparation recommendations including subgrade improvement and fill placement are provided in the Earthwork section. The General Comments section provides an understanding of the report limitations. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 4 EARTHWORK Earthwork will include clearing and grubbing, excavations and fill placement. The following sections provide recommendations for use in the preparation of specifications for the work. Recommendations include critical quality criteria as necessary to render the site in the state considered in our geotechnical engineering evaluation for foundations, floor slabs, and pavements. Site Preparation Prior to placing fill, existing vegetation and root mat should be removed. Complete stripping of the topsoil should be performed in the proposed building areas. Due to the increased silt and sand content of the surficial soils in portions of the site, proper compaction may be difficult to achieve. In addition, construction during and soon after wet weather periods may encounter difficulties due to wet and soft surficial soils becoming a general hindrance to equipment as a result of rutting and/or pumping of the soil surface. This condition is primarily due to their lack of cohesion (low clay content) and little to no confining pressure near the ground surface. If the subgrade cannot be adequately compacted to the minimum densities as described above, one of the following methods should be used to improve the soils: 1) removal and replacement with select fill, 2) chemical treatment of the soil to dry the subgrade, or 3) drying by natural means if the schedule allows. Based on our experience with similar soils, chemical treatment is the most efficient and effective method to increase the supporting value of wet and soft subgrade such as that observed at this site. Chemical treatment may be necessary to depths of approximately one to two feet or greater of the near-surface soils, depending on the condition of the subgrade at the time of construction. We suggest that a cost be included in the construction budget for chemical treatment of the soils using a lime-flyash mixture to produce drying and to increase the workability of the soil if the subgrade is wet and/or soft at the time of construction. We recommend that this cost be in the form of a contingency or allowance to be used if needed. Fill Material Types Fill required to achieve design grade should be classified as structural fill and general fill. Structural fill is material used below, or within 10 feet of structures, pavements or constructed slopes. General fill is material used to achieve grade outside of these areas. Earthen materials used for structural and general fill should meet the following material property requirements: Fill Type USCS Classification Acceptable Location for Placement Select fill CL and/or SC (10≤PI≤20) Must be used to construct the building pad under the floor slab and for all grade adjustments within the building area. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 5 Fill Compaction Requirements Structural and general fill should meet the following compaction requirements. Item Description Fill lift thickness Fill soils should be placed on prepared surfaces in lifts not to exceed 8 inches loose measure, with compacted thickness not to exceed 6 inches. Compaction requirements n The select fill and on-site soils should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the Standard Effort (ASTM D 698) maximum dry density. n The select fill and on-site sand soils should be moisture adjusted to within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content. n The on-site clay soils should be moisture conditioned between optimum and +4 percent of the optimum moisture content. Prior to any filling operations, samples of the proposed borrow and on-site materials should be obtained for laboratory moisture-density testing. The tests will provide a basis for evaluation of fill compaction by in-place density testing. A qualified soil technician should perform sufficient in- place density tests during the filling operations to evaluate that proper levels of compaction, including dry unit weight and moisture content, are being attained. Earthwork Construction Considerations Shallow excavations, for the proposed structure, are anticipated to be accomplished with conventional construction equipment. Upon completion of filling and grading, care should be taken to maintain the subgrade water content prior to construction of floor slabs. Construction traffic over the completed subgrades should be avoided. The site should also be graded to prevent ponding of surface water on the prepared subgrades or in excavations. Water collecting over, or adjacent to, construction areas should be removed. If the subgrade freezes, desiccates, saturates, or is disturbed, the affected material should be removed, or the materials should be scarified, moisture conditioned, and recompacted, prior to floor slab construction. As a minimum, excavations should be performed in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, “Excavations” and its appendices, and in accordance with any applicable local, and/or state regulations. Construction site safety is the sole responsibility of the contractor who controls the means, methods, and sequencing of construction operations. Under no circumstances shall the information provided herein be interpreted to mean Terracon is assuming responsibility for construction site safety, or the contractor's activities; such responsibility shall neither be implied nor inferred. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 6 Construction Observation and Testing The earthwork efforts should be monitored under the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer. Monitoring should include documentation of adequate removal of vegetation and top soil, proof- rolling and mitigation of areas delineated by the proof-roll to require mitigation. Each lift of compacted fill should be tested, evaluated, and reworked as necessary until approved by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to placement of additional lifts. Each lift of fill should be tested for density and water content at a frequency of at least one test for every 2,500 square feet of compacted fill in the building area. One density and water content test for every 50 linear feet of compacted utility trench backfill. In areas of foundation excavations, the bearing subgrade should be evaluated under the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer. In the event that unanticipated conditions are encountered, the Geotechnical Engineer should prescribe mitigation options. In addition to the documentation of the essential parameters necessary for construction, the continuation of the Geotechnical Engineer into the construction phase of the project provides the continuity to maintain the Geotechnical Engineer’s evaluation of subsurface conditions, including assessing variations and associated design changes. SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS If the site has been prepared in accordance with the requirements noted in Earthwork, the following design parameters are applicable for shallow foundations. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 7 Design Parameters – Shallow Spread Footings Description Design Parameters Minimum embedment below existing grade1 18 inches Allowable bearing pressures (individual footings) Net dead plus sustained live load – 1,000 psf Net total load – 1,500 psf Allowable bearing pressure (strip footings)2 1,000 psf Maximum footing width 10 feet Approximate total settlement3 Approximately 1 inch Estimated differential settlement4 Approximately ½ of total settlement Allowable passive pressure5 475 psf Allowable frictional resistance5 290 psf Uplift resistance6 Foundation Weight (150 pcf) & Soil Weight (120 pcf) 1.To bear within the native soils. 2.Defined as a footing at least twice as long as it is wide. 3.This estimated post-construction settlement of the shallow footings is without considering the effect of stress distribution from adjacent foundations and assuming proper construction practices are followed. A clear distance between footings of one footing size of the larger of the two footings should not produce overlapping stress distributions and would essentially behave as independent foundations. 4.Differential settlements may result from variances in subsurface conditions, loading conditions and construction procedures. 5.Lateral loads transmitted to the shallow spread footings will be resisted by a combination of soil- concrete friction on the base of the footing and passive pressure on the sides of the footing. The passive pressure along the exterior face of the footings should be neglected within the upper 3 feet due to surface effects. 6.Structural uplift loads on the shallow footings may be resisted by the weight of the foundation plus the weight of any soil directly above the foundation. The ultimate uplift capacity of shallow footings should be reduced by an appropriate factor of safety to compute allowable uplift capacity. Design Parameters - Uplift Loads Uplift resistance of spread footings can be developed from the effective weight of the footing and the overlying soils. As illustrated on the subsequent figure, the effective weight of the soil prism defined by diagonal planes extending up from the top of the perimeter of the foundation to the ground surface at an angle, q, of 20 degrees from the vertical can be included in uplift resistance. The maximum allowable uplift capacity should be taken as a sum of the effective weight of soil plus the dead weight of the foundation, divided by an appropriate factor of safety. A maximum total unit weight of 100 pcf should be used for the backfill. This unit weight should be reduced to 40 pcf for portions of the backfill or natural soils below the groundwater elevation. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 8 Foundation Construction Considerations As noted in Earthwork, the footing excavations should be evaluated under the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer. The base of all foundation excavations should be free of water and loose soil, prior to placing concrete. Concrete should be placed soon after excavating to reduce bearing soil disturbance. Care should be taken to prevent wetting or drying of the bearing materials during construction. Excessively wet or dry material or any loose/disturbed material in the bottom of the footing excavations should be removed/reconditioned before foundation concrete is placed. If unsuitable bearing soils are encountered at the base of the planned footing excavation, the excavation should be extended deeper to suitable soils, and the footings could bear directly on these soils at the lower level or on lean concrete backfill placed in the excavations. This is illustrated on the sketch below. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 9 Design Recommendations – Slab-on-Grade Foundation System Planned finished grades at the site were not available at the time of this report. We anticipate that the finished floor elevation for the proposed structure is planned to be within approximately one foot above existing grade. If cuts and/or significant fills are planned, Terracon should be notified to review and/or modify our recommendations given in this subsection. The near-surface subsurface soils at this site generally exhibited a negligible to medium expansion potential. Based on the information developed from our field and laboratory programs and on method TEX-124-E in the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Manual of Testing Procedures, we estimate that the subgrade soils at this site exhibit a Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) of about one inch or less. To provide uniform support to the floor slab we recommend that a minimum 18-inch thick pad of select fill material be constructed immediately beneath the slab. The select fill pad should extend a minimum of 5 feet beyond the edge of the slab. The final exterior grade adjacent to the slab should be sloped to promote effective drainage away from the structures. Select fill should be utilized for all grade adjustments within the proposed monument sign area. The subgrade and select fill soils should be prepared as outlined in the Earthwork section of this report, which contains material and placement requirements for select fill, as well as other subgrade preparation recommendations. Based upon the above recommendations, the grade beams of the slab-on-grade foundation may bear within properly compacted select fill soils, provided that the building pad and subgrade soils are prepared as outlined in the Earthwork section of this report. The slab-on-grade foundation may be designed using the following parameters provided that the building subgrade is prepared as discussed above: Description Design Parameters Select fill building pad Minimum Thickness of 18 inches Estimated PVR One inch or less Climatic rating 25 Design Plasticity Index 20 Soil support index 0.96 Minimum perimeter grade beam embedment depth 18 inches below exterior grade Allowable bearing capacity Dead Load Plus Sustained Live Load: 800 psf Total Net Load: 1,200 psf Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 10 The parameters indicated for the above design conditions are based on criteria published by the Building Research Advisory Board (B.R.A.B.). The B.R.A.B. method is essentially an empirical design technique and the parameters provided are based on our interpretation of the project soil borings and criteria published in the B.R.A.B. design manual. The slab-on-grade foundation system should be designed to tolerate the anticipated soil movement and provide satisfactory support to the proposed monument sign. The foundation should have adequate exterior and interior grade beams to provide sufficient rigidity to the foundation system such that the slab deflections that result are considered tolerable to the supported structure. Grade beams may be thickened and widened at interior column locations to serve as spread footings at areas of concentrated loadings. The minimum perimeter grade beam depth recommendation provided above is to reduce surface water migration below the foundation elements and to develop proper end bearing and is not based on structural considerations. Post construction settlements for the described slab-on-grade foundation system should be one inch or less, provided that the subgrade soils are prepared as outlined herein and that the select fill is properly placed and compacted in accordance with the recommendations contained in this report. Settlement response of the foundation system is expected to be influenced more by the quality of construction and fill placement than by soil-structure interaction. Construction Considerations – Slab-on-Grade Foundation System Excavations for the grade beams should be performed with equipment capable of providing a relatively clean bearing area. The bottom 6 inches of the excavation should be performed using a smooth-mouthed bucket or hand labor. The excavations should be neatly excavated and properly formed. Debris in the bottom of the excavations should be removed prior to steel placement. Water should not be allowed to infiltrate foundation excavations. To reduce the potential for groundwater seepage into the excavations and to minimize disturbance to the bearing area, we recommend that steel and concrete be placed as soon as possible after the excavations are completed and properly cleaned. Excavations should not remain open overnight. The bearing surface should be evaluated immediately prior to placing concrete. GENERAL COMMENTS As the project progresses, we address assumptions by incorporating information provided by the design team, if any. Revised project information that reflects actual conditions important to our services is reflected in the final report. The design team should collaborate with Terracon to confirm these assumptions and to prepare the final design plans and specifications. This facilitates the incorporation of our opinions related to implementation of our geotechnical recommendations. Any information conveyed prior to the final report is for informational purposes only and should not be considered or used for decision-making purposes. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 11 Our analysis and opinions are based upon our understanding of the project, the geotechnical conditions in the area, and the data obtained from our site exploration. Natural variations will occur between exploration point locations or due to the modifying effects of construction or weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until during or after construction. Terracon should be retained as the Geotechnical Engineer, where noted in the final report, to provide observation and testing services during pertinent construction phases. If variations appear, we can provide further evaluation and supplemental recommendations. If variations are noted in the absence of our observation and testing services on-site, we should be immediately notified so that we can provide evaluation and supplemental recommendations. Our scope of services does not include either specifically or by implication any environmental or biological (e.g., mold, fungi, bacteria) assessment of the site or identification or prevention of pollutants, hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential for such contamination or pollution, other studies should be undertaken. Our services and any correspondence or collaboration through this system are intended for the sole benefit and exclusive use of our client for specific application to the project discussed and are accomplished in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices with no third party beneficiaries intended. Any third party access to services or correspondence is solely for information purposes to support the services provided by Terracon to our client. Reliance upon the services and any work product is limited to our client, and is not intended for third parties. Any use or reliance of the provided information by third parties is done solely at their own risk. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended or made. Site characteristics as provided are for design purposes and not to estimate excavation cost. Any use of our report in that regard is done at the sole risk of the excavating cost estimator as there may be variations on the site that are not apparent in the data that could significantly impact excavation cost. Any parties charged with estimating excavation costs should seek their own site characterization for specific purposes to obtain the specific level of detail necessary for costing. Site safety, and cost estimating including, excavation support, and dewatering requirements/design are the responsibility of others. If changes in the nature, design, or location of the project are planned, our conclusions and recommendations shall not be considered valid unless we review the changes and either verify or modify our conclusions in writing. ATTACH MENTS ATTACHMENTS Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable EXPLORATION AND TESTING PROCEDURES Field Exploration Number of Borings Boring Depth (feet)Planned Location 1 20 or auger refusal Monument sign area Boring Layout and Elevations: Unless otherwise noted, Terracon personnel provide the boring layout. Coordinates are obtained with a handheld GPS unit (estimated horizontal accuracy of about ±10 feet). If elevations and a more precise boring layout are desired, we recommend borings be surveyed following completion of fieldwork. Subsurface Exploration Procedures: We advance the borings with a track-mounted rotary drill rig using continuous flight augers (solid stem and/or hollow stem as necessary depending on soil conditions). Four samples are obtained in the upper 10 feet of each boring and at intervals of 5 feet thereafter. In the thin-walled tube sampling procedure, a thin-walled, seamless steel tube with a sharp cutting edge is pushed hydraulically into the soil to obtain a relatively undisturbed sample. In the split-barrel sampling procedure, a standard 2-inch outer diameter split-barrel sampling spoon is driven into the ground by a 140-pound automatic hammer falling a distance of 30 inches. The number of blows required to advance the sampling spoon the last 12 inches of a normal 18-inch penetration is recorded as the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) resistance value. The SPT resistance values, also referred to as N-values, are indicated on the boring logs at the test depths. We observe and record groundwater levels during drilling and sampling. For safety purposes, all borings are backfilled with auger cuttings after their completion. The sampling depths, penetration distances, and other sampling information are recorded on the field boring logs. The samples are placed in appropriate containers and taken to our soil laboratory for testing and classification by a geotechnical engineer. Our exploration team prepares field boring logs as part of the drilling operations. These field logs include visual classifications of the materials encountered during drilling and our interpretation of the subsurface conditions between samples. Final boring logs are prepared from the field logs. The final boring logs represent the geotechnical engineer's interpretation of the field logs and include modifications based on observations and tests of the samples in our laboratory. Laboratory Testing The project engineer reviews the field data and assigns various laboratory tests to better understand the engineering properties of the various soil strata as necessary for this project. Procedural standards noted below are for reference to methodology in general. In some cases, variations to methods are applied because of local practice or professional judgment. Standards noted below include reference to other, related standards. Such references are not necessarily applicable to describe the specific test performed. Geotechnical Engineering Report City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable ■ASTM D2216 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass ■ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils ■ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils ■ASTM D2166/D2166M Standard Test Method for Unconfined Compressive Strength of Cohesive Soil The laboratory testing program often includes examination of soil samples by an engineer. Based on the material’s texture and plasticity, we describe and classify the soil samples in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System. SITE LOCA TION AND EXPLORATION PLANS SITE LOCATION AND EXPLORATION PLANS N:\Projects\2018\A1185005\Working Files\Diagrams-Drawings-Figures\A1185005.dwg : A-1-SiteLocationPlanDIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL LOCATION ONLY, AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES N SITE LOCATION PLAN Exhibit A-1 City of College Station Monument Sign Northeast Quadrant at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway College Station, Texas Project No. Scale: File No: Date: Project Mng. Drawn By: Checked By: Approved By: 03-05-2018 A1185005 AS SHOWN A1185005 AGR JDH SNH JDH Consulting Engineers & Scientists 6198 Imperial Loop College Station, Texas 77845 PH. (979) 846-3767 FAX. (979) 846-7604 SCALE IN FEET 0500'500'250' PROPOSED PROJECT SITE N:\Projects\2018\A1185005\Working Files\Diagrams-Drawings-Figures\A1185005.dwg : A-2-BoringLocationPlanDIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL LOCATION ONLY, AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES BORING LOCATION PLAN Exhibit A-2 Project Mng. Drawn By: Checked By: Approved By: Consulting Engineers & Scientists 6198 Imperial Loop College Station, Texas 77845 PH. (979) 846-3767 FAX. (979) 846-7604 Project No. Scale: File No: Date: 03-05-2018AGR JDH SNH JDH A1185005 AS SHOWN A1185005 N SCALE IN FEET 0200'200'100' B-1 City of College Station Monument Sign Northeast Quadrant at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway College Station, Texas Fr o n t a g e 6 R o a d W e s tHi g hw a y 6 EXPLORATION RESULTS EXPLORATION RESULTS 28 56 46 24 28 25 47-27-20 4-3-4 N=7 4.0 (HP) 7-8-7 N=15 4-6-9 N=15 6-6-7 N=13 6-8-9 N=17 14-17-19 N=36 8.0 13.0 20.0 CLAYEY SAND (SC), dark tan, loose to medium dense - color transitions to tan below 2 feet SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), tan, stiff CLAYEY SAND (SC), medium plasticity, tan, medium dense to dense Boring Terminated at 20 FeetGRAPHIC LOGHammer Type: AutomaticStratification lines are approximate. In-situ, the transition may be gradual.THIS BORING LOG IS NOT VALID IF SEPARATED FROM ORIGINAL REPORT. GEO SMART LOG-NO WELL A1185005 CITY OF COLLEGE S.GPJ TERRACON_DATATEMPLATE.GDT 3/5/18COMPRESSIVESTRENGTH(tsf)STRAIN (%)TEST TYPEPERCENT FINESWATERCONTENT (%)DRY UNITWEIGHT (pcf)LL-PL-PI ATTERBERG LIMITS WATER LEVELOBSERVATIONSDEPTH (Ft.)5 10 15 20 SAMPLE TYPESTRENGTH TEST FIELD TESTRESULTS College Station, TX SITE: Page 1 of 1 Advancement Method: Dry augered to termination depth. Abandonment Method: Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion. Notes: Project No.: A1185005 Drill Rig: D-120 Boring Started: 02-28-2018 BORING LOG NO. B-1 PGAL ArchitectsCLIENT: Houston, TX Driller: Roger B Boring Completed: 02-28-2018 Exhibit:A-1 See Exhibit A-3 for description of field procedures. See Appendix B for description of laboratory procedures and additional data (if any). See Appendix C for explanation of symbols and abbreviations. PROJECT: City of College Station Monument Sign 6198 Imperial Loop College Station, TX No free water observed WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS DEPTH LOCATION See Exhibit A-2 Latitude: 30.5306° Longitude: -96.2272° SUPPORTING INFORMA TION SUPPORTING INFORMATION UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM City of College Station Monument Sign ■ College Station, Texas March 6, 2018 ■ Terracon Project No. A1185005 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests A Soil Classification Group Symbol Group Name B Coarse-Grained Soils: More than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve Gravels: More than 50% of coarse fraction retained on No. 4 sieve Clean Gravels: Less than 5% fines C Cu ‡ 4 and 1 £ Cc £ 3 E GW Well-graded gravel F Cu < 4 and/or 1 > Cc > 3 E GP Poorly graded gravel F Gravels with Fines: More than 12% fines C Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravel F, G, H Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel F, G, H Sands: 50% or more of coarse fraction passes No. 4 sieve Clean Sands: Less than 5% fines D Cu ‡ 6 and 1 £ Cc £ 3 E SW Well-graded sand I Cu < 6 and/or 1 > Cc > 3 E SP Poorly graded sand I Sands with Fines: More than 12% fines D Fines classify as ML or MH SM Silty sand G, H, I Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sand G, H, I Fine-Grained Soils: 50% or more passes the No. 200 sieve Silts and Clays: Liquid limit less than 50 Inorganic:PI > 7 and plots on or above “A” line J CL Lean clay K, L, M PI < 4 or plots below “A” line J ML Silt K, L, M Organic:Liquid limit - oven dried < 0.75 OL Organic clay K, L, M, N Liquid limit - not dried Organic silt K, L, M, O Silts and Clays: Liquid limit 50 or more Inorganic:PI plots on or above “A” line CH Fat clay K, L, M PI plots below “A” line MH Elastic Silt K, L, M Organic:Liquid limit - oven dried < 0.75 OH Organic clay K, L, M, P Liquid limit - not dried Organic silt K, L, M, Q Highly organic soils:Primarily organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor PT Peat A Based on the material passing the 3-inch (75-mm) sieve B If field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or both, add “with cobbles or boulders, or both” to group name. C Gravels with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: GW-GM well-graded gravel with silt, GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay, GP-GM poorly graded gravel with silt, GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay. D Sands with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: SW-SM well-graded sand with silt, SW-SC well-graded sand with clay, SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt, SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay E Cu = D60/D10 Cc = 6010 2 30 DxD )(D F If soil contains ‡ 15% sand, add “with sand” to group name. G If fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol GC-GM, or SC-SM. H If fines are organic, add “with organic fines” to group name. I If soil contains ‡ 15% gravel, add “with gravel” to group name. J If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, soil is a CL-ML, silty clay. K If soil contains 15 to 29% plus No. 200, add “with sand” or “with gravel,” whichever is predominant. L If soil contains ‡ 30% plus No. 200 predominantly sand, add “sandy” to group name. M If soil contains ‡ 30% plus No. 200, predominantly gravel, add “gravelly” to group name. N PI ‡ 4 and plots on or above “A” line. O PI < 4 or plots below “A” line. P PI plots on or above “A” line. Q PI plots below “A” line. March 19, 2018 PGAL Architects 3131 Briarpark, Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77042 Attn: Mr. Jeffery Gerber Re: Axial Capacity Curves City of College Station Monument Sign College Station, Texas lrerracan Terracon Project No. A1185005.Supplemental1 Dear Mr. Gerber: As requested, we are providing the requested axial capacity curves for the proposed City of College Station Monument Sign. Please see Exhibits A and B for the requested axial capacity curves. We trust that this letter is responsive to your needs at this time. Please refer to the original report for items not specifically addressed in this letter. If you have any questions regarding this letter or require additional services, please do not hesitate to contact us. Sincerely, Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Texas Firm Registration No.: F-3272) A:f~ Office Manager Sarah N. Hermes Staff Engineer 0 175 350 Project Mgr: Prepared by: Checked by: Approved by:6198 Imperial Loop College Station, Texas 77845 PH: (979) 846-3767 Fax. (979) 846-7604 SCALE IN TONS ATexas Registration 3272 JDH College Station, Texas JDH Date:3/19/2018 Consulting Engineers & Scientists College Station Monument Sign SNH Project No.Ultimate Axial Capacity Curve A1185005 EXHIBITIRA12 Inch Drilled Straight Shafts 0 5 10 15 20Elevation (ft) Ultimate Axial Capacity Curve (tons) Ultimate Skin Friction Capacity Ultimate End Bearing Capacity Ultimate Axial Capacity 0 175 350 Project Mgr: Prepared by: Checked by: Approved by:6198 Imperial Loop College Station, Texas 77845 PH: (979) 846-3767 Fax. (979) 846-7604 SNH Project No.Ultimate Axial Capacity Curve A1185005 EXHIBITIRA30 Inch Drilled Straight Shafts JDH College Station, Texas JDH Date:3/19/2018 Consulting Engineers & Scientists City of College Station Monument Sign SCALE IN TONS BTexas Registration 3272 0 5 10 15 20Elevation (ft) Ultimate Axial Capacity Curve (tons) Ultimate Skin Friction Capacity Ultimate End Bearing Capacity Ultimate Axial Capacity City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM 004113 - 1 DOCUMENT 004113 - BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM 1.1 BID INFORMATION A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________. B. Project Name: City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway. C. Project Location: College Station, Texas. D. Owner: City of College Station. E. Architect: PGAL. F. BIDS ARE DUE AT 10:00 AM ON XXXXX. G. FOUR COPIES OF THE BID MUST BE SUBMITTED BY EACH BIDDER. 1.2 BASE BID A. Base Bid, Single-Prime (All Trades) Contract: The undersigned Bidder, having carefully examined the Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, and all subsequent Addenda, as prepared by PGAL and Architect's consultants, having visited the site, and being familiar with all conditions and requirements of the Work, hereby agrees to furnish all material, labor, equipment and services, including all scheduled allowances, necessary to complete the construction of the above-named project, according to the requirements of the Procurement and Contracting Documents, for the stipulated sum of: $_______________________ (________________________________________________________________Dollars). B. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any alternate, in any order, and to award or amend the Contract accordingly within 60 days of the Notice of Award unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. 1.3 BID GUARANTEE A. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute a contract for this Work in the above amount and to furnish surety and Performance and Payment Bond on prescribed forms and commence work as specified within 10 days after a written Notice of Award, if offered within 90 days after receipt of bids, and on failure to do so agrees to forfeit to Owner the attached cash, cashier's check, certified check, U.S. money order, or bid bond, as liquidated damages for such failure, in the an amount constituting five percent (5%) of the Base Bid amount above. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM 004113 - 2 B. In the event Owner does not offer Notice of Award within the time limits stated above, Owner will return to the undersigned the cash, cashier's check, certified check, U.S. money order, or bid bond. C. It is understood that the Owners reserve the right to reject any and all bids, to accept any or all Alternates, or to accept any combination of Alternates considered advantageous and to waive any informality or irregularity in any bid which, in his judgment, is in his own best interest. D. The undersigned certifies that the amounts contained in the BID have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. 1.4 TIME OF COMPLETION A. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees hereby to commence the Work of the Contract Documents on a date specified in a written Notice to Proceed to be issued by Architect, and shall fully complete the Work within 60 calendar days. 1.5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA A. The undersigned Bidder acknowledges receipt of and use of the following Addenda in the preparation of this Bid: 1. Addendum No. 1, dated ____________________. 2. Addendum No. 2, dated ____________________. Respectfully submitted this ____ day of ____________, 2018. Submitted By:_______________________________ (Name of bidding firm or corporation) Authorized Signature:_______________________________ (Handwritten signature) Signed By:_______________________________ (Type or print name) Title:_______________________________ (Owner/Partner/President/Vice President) Witness By:_______________________________ (Handwritten signature) Attest:_______________________________ (Handwritten signature) City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM 004113 - 3 By:_______________________________ (Type or print name) Title:_______________________________ (Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary) Street Address:_______________________________ City, State, Zip _______________________________ Phone:_______________________________ (Affix Corporate Seal Here) END OF DOCUMENT 004113 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUMMARY 011000 - 1 SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Access to site. 4. Work restrictions. 5. Specification and drawing conventions. 6. Miscellaneous provisions. 1.2 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: New City Marker for the City of College Station. 1. Project Location: Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway, College Station, Texas. B. Owner: City of College Station 1101 Texas Avenue College Station, Texas 77842. 1. Owner's Representative: Raquel Gonzales. C. Architect: PGAL 3131 Briarpark Drive Suite 200 Houston, Texas. 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. Construction of new city marker and related site work. B. Type of Contract. 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.4 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or other contracts. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUMMARY 011000 - 2 1.5 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. 1.6 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations required by the City of College Station and TXDOT. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work at the site to normal business working hours of 7:00 AM to 6 PM, Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. C. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. 1.7 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUMMARY 011000 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1 SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2 Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product provided. c. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 10 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product provided. e. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. f. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 4 g. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. h. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. j. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. k. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012500 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions." 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use CSI Form 13.6D, "Proposal Worksheet Summary," and Form 13.6C, "Proposal Worksheet Detail." B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.6A, "Change Order Request (Proposal)," with attachments CSI Form 13.6D, "Proposal Worksheet Summary," and Form 13.6C, "Proposal Worksheet Detail." 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on COCS change order form. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A.Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order in accordance with Section 17 “Extra Work Charges” of the Agreement. 1.Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. If Method C “Actual Field Costs” in Section 17 is used, after completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012600 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1 SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Requests for Information (RFIs). 4. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2 B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple contractors in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. c. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. f. Indicate required installation sequences. g. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 4 of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork. 7. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire- alarm locations. c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following: a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. 10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." 11. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5 b. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Architect. 1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: COCS RFI document. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6 d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Use CSI Log Form 13.2B. 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 7 B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. l. Preparation of record documents. m. Use of the premises and existing building. n. Work restrictions. o. Working hours. p. Owner's occupancy requirements. q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. r. Procedures for moisture and mold control. s. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. t. Construction waste management and recycling. u. Parking availability. v. Office, work, and storage areas. w. Equipment deliveries and priorities. x. First aid. y. Security. z. Progress cleaning. 4. Minutes: Record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 8 a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. k. Time schedules. l. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. u. Installation procedures. v. Coordination with other work. w. Required performance results. x. Protection of adjacent work. y. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at bi-weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 9 do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. 7) Access. 8) Site utilization. 9) Temporary facilities and controls. 10) Progress cleaning. 11) Quality and work standards. 12) Status of correction of deficient items. 13) Field observations. 14) Status of RFIs. 15) Status of proposal requests. 16) Pending changes. 17) Status of Change Orders. 18) Pending claims and disputes. 19) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. E. Coordination Meetings: Conduct project coordination meetings at weekly intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences. 1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 10 commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. 7) Access. 8) Site utilization. 9) Temporary facilities and controls. 10) Work hours. 11) Hazards and risks. 12) Progress cleaning. 13) Quality and work standards. 14) Change Orders. 3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 013100 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1 SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Special reports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 2 E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time belongs to Owner. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. PDF electronic file. 2.Two paper copies. B. Startup construction schedule. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and date on label. D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. E. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. F. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. G. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. H. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architect's request. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values,[ list of subcontracts,] submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 3 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 3. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 4. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 5. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 4 a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 6. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. l. Building flush-out. m. Startup and placement into final use and operation. 7. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time. F. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 5 which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. G. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 2.2 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, bar-chart-type construction schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. 2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format. B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed. a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule. 2. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 3. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to coordinate with the Contract Time. D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. 1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 6 a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and commissioning. j. Punch list and final completion. k. Activities occurring following final completion. 2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path. E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Main events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. 9. Average size of workforce. G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 7 7. Changes in the Contract Time. 2.4 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (see special reports). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15.Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 2.5 SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM scheduling. 1. In-House Option: Owner may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications. 2. Meetings: Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project progress, alleged delays, and time impact. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. C. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 013200 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1 SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values. 2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files. D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled date of fabrication. h. Scheduled dates for purchasing. i. Scheduled dates for installation. j. Activity or event number. 1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project record drawings. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings. b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in AutoCad 2018. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement required by the Architect. d. The following digital data files will by furnished for each appropriate discipline: 1) Floor plans. 2) Reflected ceiling plans. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3 B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a.Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. 5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. D. Paper Submittals: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal item for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches (150 by 200 mm) on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of subcontractor. f. Name of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 061000.01.A). i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. l. Other necessary identification. 4. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect. 5. Transmittal for Paper Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. a. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Use AIA Document G810. b. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Provide locations on form for the following information: 1) Project name. 2) Date. 3) Destination (To:). 4) Source (From:). 5) Name and address of Architect. 6) Name of Contractor. 7) Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 8) Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 9) Category and type of submittal. 10) Submittal purpose and description. 11) Specification Section number and title. 12) Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. 13) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 14) Indication of full or partial submittal. 15) Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. 16) Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 17) Remarks. 18) Signature of transmitter. E. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS-061000.01.A). 3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use electronic form acceptable to Owner, containing the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. g. Category and type of submittal. h. Submittal purpose and description. i. Specification Section number and title. j. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. l. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Related physical samples submitted directly. n. Indication of full or partial submittal. o. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. p. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. q. Other necessary identification. r. Remarks. F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. G. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal. H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6 J. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 2. Action Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. 3. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted certificates and certifications where indicated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7 a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm), but no larger than 30 by 42 inches (750 by 1067 mm). 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. 5. Submit product schedule in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 9 F. Coordination Drawing Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation." H. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 012900 "Payment Procedures." I. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements." J. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." K. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." L. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. M. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. N. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. O. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. P. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Q. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. R. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. S. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 10 T. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. U. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. V. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. W. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. X. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. 2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action. B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. END OF SECTION 013300 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2 1. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics. 2. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the building but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies. 3. Room Mockups: Mockups of typical interior spaces complete with wall, floor, and ceiling finishes, doors, windows, millwork, casework, specialties, furnishings and equipment, and lighting. D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop. G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. I. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For integrated exterior mockups, provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mockup construction. 1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components. 2. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: 1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the designated seismic system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect. 2. Main wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the wind-force- resisting system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect. D. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule. B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections." 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 7 e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. L. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials. M. Room Mockups: Construct room mockups incorporating required materials and assemblies, finished according to requirements. Provide required lighting and additional lighting where required to enable Architect to evaluate quality of the Work. 1.10 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 8 B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 9 G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses. 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. 1.11 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 014000 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 D. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage. 1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. E. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify further options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. Include the following: 1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top rails. B. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil (0.25-mm) minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. C. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches (914 by 1624 mm). D. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Not required. B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. F. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. 1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed according to coordination drawings. a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air- filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust- producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust- containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter- equipped vacuum equipment. G. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. 1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 H. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated. I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 2. Install lighting for Project identification sign. J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine in each field office. 2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office. f. Engineers' offices. g. Owner's office. h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. 3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6 1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing. 4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving." C. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. D. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel. E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. F. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification sign. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. G. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution." H. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7 B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of 2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Section 311000 "Site Clearing." D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of 2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. E. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. F. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. G. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials. H. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. I. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 8 J. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 015000 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 1 SECTION 015639 - TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are affected by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary site fencing. 2. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for removing existing trees and shrubs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Caliper: Diameter of a trunk measured by a diameter tape at 6 inches (150 mm) above the ground for trees up to, and including, 4-inch (100-mm) size; and 12 inches (300 mm) above the ground for trees larger than 4-inch (100-mm) size. B. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction, and indicated on Drawings. C. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction, and defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a radius 1.5 times the diameter of the drip line unless otherwise indicated. D. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of the following: 1. Organic Mulch: 1-pint (0.5-L) volume of organic mulch; in sealed plastic bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage of weight and source of mulch. 2. Protection-Zone Fencing: Assembled Samples of manufacturer's standard size made from full-size components. 3. Protection-Zone Signage: Full-size Samples of each size and text, ready for installation. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 2 C. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction. 1. Species and size of tree. 2. Location on site plan. Include unique identifier for each. 3. Reason for pruning. 4. Description of pruning to be performed. 5. Description of maintenance following pruning. D. Qualification Data: For qualified arborist and tree service firm. E. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged. F. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by construction during and after completing the Work. G. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain, which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by construction activities. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plants designated to remain. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Arborist Qualifications: Certified Arborist as certified by ISA. B. Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has successfully completed temporary tree and plant protection work similar to that required for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of the Work. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to temporary tree and plant protection including, but not limited to, the following: a. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, personnel, and equipment needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Enforcing requirements for protection zones. c. Arborist's responsibilities. d. Field quality control. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 3 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. B. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones. C. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones and organic mulch. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated top layer of the soil profile or manufactured topsoil; containing organic matter and sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, and toxic and other nonsoil materials. 1. Obtain topsoil only from well-drained sites where topsoil is 4 inches (100 mm) deep or more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. B. Topsoil: Imported or manufactured topsoil complying with ASTM D 5268. C. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing for trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: 1. Type: Shredded hardwood. 2. Size Range: 3 inches (76 mm) maximum, 1/2 inch (13 mm) minimum. 3. Color: Natural. D. Protection-Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting the following requirements. 1. Plastic Protection-Zone Fencing: Plastic construction fencing constructed of high-density extruded and stretched polyethylene fabric with 2-inch (50-mm) maximum opening in pattern and weighing a minimum of 0.4 lb/ft. (0.6 kg/m); remaining flexible from minus 60 to plus 200 deg F (minus 16 to plus 93 deg C); inert to most chemicals and acids; minimum tensile yield strength of 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) and ultimate tensile strength of 2680 psi (18.5 MPa); secured with plastic bands or galvanized-steel or stainless-steel wire ties; and supported by tubular or T-shape galvanized-steel posts spaced not more than 8 feet (2.4 m) apart. a. Height: 4 feet (1.2 m). b. Color: High-visibility orange, nonfading. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Examine the site to verify that temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures are in place. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. B. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by arborist, listing conditions detrimental to tree and plant protection. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain. Tie a 1-inch (25-mm) blue-vinyl tape around each tree trunk at 54 inches (1372 mm) above the ground. B. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. C. Tree-Protection Zones: Mulch areas inside tree-protection zones and other areas indicated. 1. Apply 4-inch (100-mm) average thickness of organic mulch. Do not place mulch within 6 inches (150 mm) of tree trunks. 3.3 TREE- AND PLANT-PROTECTION ZONES A. Protection-Zone Fencing: Install protection-zone fencing along edges of protection zones before materials or equipment are brought on the site and construction operations begin in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering protected area except by entrance gates. Construct fencing so as not to obstruct safe passage or visibility at vehicle intersections where fencing is located adjacent to pedestrian walkways or in close proximity to street intersections, drives, or other vehicular circulation. B. Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash. C. Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect. D. Maintain protection-zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Architect and remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site. 1. Do not remove protection-zone fencing, even temporarily, to allow deliveries or equipment access through the protection zone. 2. Temporary access is permitted subject to preapproval in writing by arborist if a root buffer effective against soil compaction is constructed as directed by arborist. Maintain root buffer so long as access is permitted. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 5 3.4 EXCAVATION A. General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones according to requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." B. Trenching near Trees: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, hand excavate under or around tree roots or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not cut main lateral tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots as required for root pruning. C. Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches (75 mm) back from new construction and as required for root pruning. D. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. 3.5 ROOT PRUNING A. Prune roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune roots as follows: 1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 2. Cut Ends: Do not paint cut root ends. 3. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and covered with soil. 4. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly. 3.6 REGRADING A. Lowering Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone. B. Lowering Grade within Protection Zone: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade away from trees as recommended by arborist unless otherwise indicated. 1. Root Pruning: Prune tree roots exposed by lowering the grade. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots. Cut roots as required for root pruning. C. Raising Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated above existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 6 D. Minor Fill within Protection Zone: Where existing grade is 2 inches (50 mm) or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Engage a qualified arborist to direct plant-protection measures in the vicinity of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain and to prepare inspection reports. 3.8 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect. 1. Submit details of proposed root cutting and tree and shrub repairs. 2. Have arborist perform the root cutting, branch pruning, and damage repair of trees and shrubs. 3. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to arborist's written instructions. 4. Perform repairs within 24 hours. 5. Replace vegetation that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by Architect. B. Trees: Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction operations that Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced for each tree that measures 4 inches (100 mm) or smaller in caliper size. 3.9 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 015639 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 2. Section 014200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 4. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5 that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 016000 Approved – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 1 Section 01 71 13 Mobilization SECTION 01 71 13 MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION: A. This item shall govern for the establishment of office and other facilities at the project site and the movement of personnel, construction equipment and supplies to the project site or to the vicinity of the project site in order to enable the Contractor to begin work on the other contract items that will be performed by the Contractor. The cost of the payment bond and performance bond on projects that cannot begin because of a closed construction season or for the convenience of the City will be considered part of the mobilization item under this contract. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. This Item will be measured by the "Lump Sum", as the work progresses. B. Partial payments of the "Lump Sum" bid for mobilization will be as follows. The adjusted contract amount for construction items as used below is defined as the total contract amount less the lump sum bid for Mobilization. 1. Upon presentation of a paid invoice for the payment bond, performance bond and/or required insurance, the Contractor will be paid that cost from the amount bid for mobilization. 2. When 1% of the adjusted contract amount for construction items is earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 5% of the total contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under this Item will be deducted from this amount. 3. When 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction items is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 10% of the total contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under this Item will be deducted from this amount. 4. When 10% of the adjusted contract amount for construction items is earned, 90% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 10% of the total contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under this Item will be deducted from this amount. 5. Payment for the remainder of the lump sum bid for "Mobilization" will be made on the next monthly estimate cycle after the retainage estimate. PART 2 – PRODUCTS N/A PART 3 – EXECUTION N/A END OF SECTION Revised – 4/24/2017 B/CS Unified Specifications 1 Section 01 71 23 Construction Surveying SECTION 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This item shall govern the performance of construction staking to establish vertical and horizontal positioning for all components of the project including all labor, materials, submittals, tools and equipment necessary to perform all construction layout, control and reference staking for satisfactory completion of the project. This specification is applicable to city projects as well as development projects. Specific instructions on the construction plans will govern or override this specification. 1.2 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Known basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are indicated. B. Locate and protect survey control points prior to starting site work, and preserve all permanent reference points during construction such as property pins and land monuments.. Additional reference points may be set by the contractor as needed. C. Notify ENGINEER in writing within 24-hours of any survey work changes or clarifications required for Project. Secure written authorization prior to making any changes or relocations. D. Report in writing when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. E. Replace construction stakes damaged or destroyed by CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to OWNER. 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and payment for this item shall be based on a lump sum for construction staking completed in accordance with these specifications and shall include all labor, materials, testing, submittals, tools and equipment necessary to complete the work as specified. Partial payments will be made for this item based on the percentage completed of the overall work, as determined by the Engineer. ---OR--- All costs associated with surveying shall be subsidiary to the various bid items. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to contract closeout or acceptance of the infrastructure, submit the following: 1. Documentation to verify accuracy of survey work, this includes GPS work plan. 2. When required by Laws and Regulations or the Contract Documents submit a certificate signed by a Registered Public Land Surveyor (RPLS) certifying that elevations and locations of improvements conform with the Contract Documents. Revised – 4/24/2017 B/CS Unified Specifications 2 Section 01 71 23 Construction Surveying 3. As-built survey, prepared by a Registered Public Land Surveyor (RPLS), of the project components specified in the Contract Documents such as spillway elevations, sanitary sewer manhole flowlines and rims, gate valve depths and lids, storm sewer junction boxes and inlet flowlines and gutter elevations at intersections of all public streets. Submit the survey in both sealed PDF and CAD format so that the information can be utilized by the City in its Geographic Information System. 4. Any submittal required on the construction plans. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Furnish all surveying equipment, stakes, flags, pins, lath, whiskers, hubs and other materials necessary to perform this work, subject to the engineer’s approval. Hubs shall be 1-1/2 inch x 1- 1/2 inch x 16 inch oak and witness stakes shall be 1 inch x 1 inch x 36 inch oak or other hardwood. Maintain neat, orderly, and complete survey notes, drawings and computations used in establishing the lines and grades. Make the survey notes and computations available to the engineer within 24 hours, upon request, as the work progresses. This requirement applies to the use of GPS or laser equipment as well as conventional surveying tools. Check horizontal and vertical information including but not limited to alignments, locations, elevations, and dimensions, that either the plans show or the engineer provides, for compatibility with existing field conditions. Conduct similar compatibility checks and accuracy checks of horizontal and vertical positions established in the field. Furnish, set, reference and maintain all stakes and markings necessary to establish the alignment, location, benchmarks, elevations, and continuous profile grades for all work associated with the project. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Any work done by CONTRACTOR is at CONTRACTOR's own risk. B. The contractor may substitute global positioning system (GPS) machine guidance for conventional staking on all or part of the work. The engineer may require the contractor to revert to conventional staking methods for all or part of the work at any point during construction if, in the engineer’s opinion, the GPS machine guidance is producing unacceptable results. Establish additional benchmarks and control points as necessary to support the method of operation, or as the engineer directs. Do not use global positioning methods alone to establish critical elevations or horizontal positions. 1. No stakes are required for work completed using GPS machine guidance. 2. Coordinate with the engineer throughout the course of construction to ensure that work performed using GPS machine guidance conforms to the contract tolerances and that the methods employed conform to the contractor’s GPS work plan and accepted industry standards. Address any GPS machine guidance issues with the engineer immediately. 3. Submit a comprehensive written GPS work plan for review at least 5 business days before the preconstruction conference. This work plan should discuss how GPS machine guidance technology will be integrated into other technologies employed on the project. Include but do not limit the contents to the following: Revised – 4/24/2017 B/CS Unified Specifications 3 Section 01 71 23 Construction Surveying i. Designate which portions of the contract will be done using GPS machine guidance and which portions will be done using conventional subgrade staking. ii. Describe the manufacturer, model and software version of the GPS equipment. iii. Provide information on the qualifications of contractor staff, include formal training and field experience. Designate a single staff person as the primary contact for GPS technology issues. iv. Describe how project control is to be established, include a list and map showing control points enveloping the project site. v. Describe calibration procedures. Include a map of control points used for calibration and control points used to check the site calibration. Describe the calibration and checking frequency and how that information will be documented. Daily calibration checks should be performed. vi. Describe the contractor’s quality control procedures. Describe procedures for checking, mechanical calibration, and maintenance of equipment. Include the frequency and type of checks performed including sensor calibrations. vii. Develop and maintain the initial design surface DTM for areas of the project employing GPS machine guidance. Confirm that the design surface DTM agrees with contract plans. Provide such DTM to engineer. viii. Revise the design surface DTM as required to support construction operations and to reflect plan revisions. C. Project As-builts shall be sealed by a Registered Public Land Surveyor licensed by the State of Texas. D. Hubs with tacks shall be used for all control points, centerline or baseline offsets and structure stakeout and shall be accompanied by witness stakes marked with the pertinent information. For supplemental stakeout only, witness stakes alone may be used. For laser grade control and the verification of the laser elevation a hub with witness shall be provided. E. The Contractor shall submit certified cut sheets to the City Engineer within twenty (24) hours of performing staking. All stakes shall be set on an offset that will be clear of the excavation of the intended facility. All cut sheets shall identify benchmarks used, benchmark elevations, actual hub elevations, proposed elevations and cuts or fills for all entries. The Contractor and Project Representative for the City shall have cut sheets in hand prior to construction. If the Contractor is using GPS and laser guided equipment the cut sheet requirement can be omitted if approved by the engineer. The contractor will verify elevations and make all machine settings available to the engineer upon request. Laser levels should be used for utility installations whenever possible. F. Minimum conventional staking requirements are as follows: 1. Rough Grading or Subgrade – Provide stakes at all property corners or topographic feature changes as necessary. 2. Sanitary Sewer Lines i. Line and grade stakes shall be set every 25’ for the first 100’ out of the downstream manhole, and every 100’ thereafter to the next manhole. Stakes shall be set on centerline stationing. ii. A line reference stake shall be set for each manhole location. iii. Wye locations, stationed from the downstream manhole, shall be staked and the stationing shown on the cut sheets. Revised – 4/24/2017 B/CS Unified Specifications 4 Section 01 71 23 Construction Surveying iv. Proposed elevations of service inverts at 15’ past the right-of-way line or end of service shall be staked and shown on the cut sheets. v. Proposed structure top elevation and upstream and downstream invert elevations shall be shown on the cut sheets (manhole castings shall be set 0.05’ below finished street grade). 3. Water Mains i. Line and grade stakes shall be set every 100’ on centerline stationing. ii. Fitting locations shall be staked and the stationing shown on the cut sheets. iii. Line and grade stakes shall be set for all hydrants (normally, the top of the operating nut shall be set 18”-24” above the top of curb). A line reference stake shall be set for each hydrant location. iv. Proposed elevations of the tops of curb boxes shall be staked and shown on the cut sheets. Line reference stakes shall be set for curb box locations. 4. Storm Sewer i. Line and grade stakes shall be set every 25’ for the first 100’ out of the downstream manhole, and every 100’ thereafter to the next manhole or catch basin. ii. An offset hub and line reference stake to back of curb shall be set for all catch basins and catch basin manholes. iii. Catch basin top, invert elevations, manhole top elevation and upstream & downstream invert elevations shall be shown on the cut sheets. iv. Line and grade shall be set every 25’ from the downstream structure for all storm sewer v. Wye locations, cleanouts stationed from downstream structure shall be staked. vi. An offset hub and line reference stake to end of storm sewer service stub. 5. Streets i. Set stakes to roadway centerline and edge of pavement at 50’ intervals, all grade breaks, and at ¼ points on vertical curves for roadway subgrade. ii. When centerline stakes are set for grading subgrade, cut sheets shall be provided (unless blue tops are set). iii. Set stakes at finish rock grade at 50’ intervals on center of the roadway. For roadways with a raised median island, stakes are required for the roadway on each side of the median. iv. Line and grade stakes shall be set every 25’ and for all begin, mid and end rad points at all street intersections. v. Set stakes at 25’ intervals, at BC and EC for all curvilinear alignment and at midpoint of curb returns. vi. Cut sheets shall be provided for all curb and gutter construction. 6. Retaining/Sound Walls i. Set stakes at 50’ intervals on centerline stationing. At all top and bottom of steps in the footing and wall. END OF SECTION City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 1 SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6. Progress cleaning. 7. Starting and adjusting. 8. Protection of installed construction. 9. Correction of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor. B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 2 C. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. 2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems. D. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. E. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following: a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire separation assemblies. c. Air or smoke barriers. d. Fire-suppression systems. e. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. f. Control systems. g. Communication systems. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 3 h. Fire-detection and -alarm systems. i. Electrical wiring systems. j. Operating systems of special construction. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following: a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Sprayed fire-resistive material. d. Equipment supports. e. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. f. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. C. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 5 fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 6 B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. E. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. 1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point. 2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey." 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches (2440 mm) in occupied spaces and 90 inches (2300 mm) in unoccupied spaces. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 7 B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 8 C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 011000 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3.Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 9 coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway EXECUTION 017300 - 10 F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 1 SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Disposing of hazardous demolition and construction waste. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 017419 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1 SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017300 "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For cleaning agents. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 2 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training." City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3 6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Contract Documents. 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 6 l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. 1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA Standard 1992-01. Provide written report on completion of cleaning. p. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 7 END OF SECTION 017700 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for verification and compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2 1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 2.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. F. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross- reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name and subject matter of contents and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5 C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 2.4 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 6 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 7 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 8 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section 017839 "Project Record Documents." G. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 9 END OF SECTION 017823 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017300 "Execution" for final property survey. 2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one of file prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and three set(s) of prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy of each submittal. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record- keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit one paper copy of each submittal. E. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 3 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. 1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 2. Consult Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared record Drawings into record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 4 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as paper copy. 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Product Data as paper copy. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as paper copy. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 5 dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 017839 Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 1 Section 03 30 00 Concrete SECTION 03 30 00 CONCRETE (Sentences and/or paragraphs that are double underlined indicate revisions that were made from the 2009 specification.) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A.This specification shall govern for Portland cement concrete to be used in concrete pavement, concrete structures and other concrete construction. All concrete shall be from a NRMCA certified plant. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A.In general and unless otherwise specified, no separate payment will be made for concrete as an item. The cost of concrete including all materials and equipment, furnishing and placing all reinforcing steel, and performing all labor for the manufacturing, transporting, placing, finishing, and curing of concrete will be included in the unit price bid for specific items as set forth in the Proposal. Payment will not be made for unauthorized work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS List of Admixtures proposed Concrete Mix Designs and three sets of tests on the mix designs submitted. Certification for cement conformance to specification Test reports for all required concrete tests Mill report/Certifications for all Reinforcing Bar. Material Data on Control, Expansion and Contraction Joint materials and sealants. Provide a current NRMCA plant certification PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.PORTLAND CEMENT: Cement shall be Type I, II or III Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150, or Type IA, IIA or IIIA, conforming to ASTM C175 except as noted below. 1.Different types of cement, as prescribed above may be used in the same structure, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement shall be of the same type and brand. 2.Type III cement shall not be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will exceed 60 F. B.FLY ASH: Fly Ash shall be Type C or F Fly Ash in accordance with ASTM C618. When fly ash is used, “cement” shall be defined as “cement plus fly ash”. “Cement plus fly ash” shall be composed of Type I, II or III Portland cement up to 25 percent fly ash by weight of cementitious materials. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 2 Section 03 30 00 Concrete C.AGGREGATE: 1.Concrete aggregate shall conform to all requirements of Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (2004) Section 421.2 E 1, 2 and 3, and ASTM C33. 2.The maximum size of aggregate shall not be larger than one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between forms of the member for which concrete is to be used nor larger than three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. D.WATER: Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality and Texas Department of Health or shall have a maximum concentration of 50,000 ppm of total suspended solids according to AASHTO T26 for quality of water and conform to ASTM 1602 - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. E.REINFORCING STEEL: 1.The reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60. 2.Steel reinforcing bars as required, shall be of the type and size as shown on Plans and shall be open hearth new billet steel of structural, intermediate, or hard grade, or shall be rail steel concrete reinforcement bars. All steel shall be bent cold. 3.New billet steel shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Billet-Steel Concrete Reinforcement Bars, ASTM Designation A-15. 4.When fabricated steel bar or rod mats are specified, the mats shall meet the current requirements of specifications for Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM Designation A-184. 5.In the event reinforcing bars manufactured outside of the Continental United States or its territories are used, two sets of tests from an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer shall be submitted showing that the steel meets the ASTM Standards for tensile strength, phosphorus content, bend, deformations and such other requirements outlined in the ASTM Standards for the grade used. These tests shall be made by and independent testing laboratory at the Contractor's expense and shall be submitted for each 25 tons of steel supplied from each individual mill. 6.At the time of placement in the concrete, reinforcing steel shall be free of dirt, loose rust, mill scale, paint, grease, oil or other deleterious materials that would impair the bonding of the concrete to the steel. 7.Reinforcement shall be accurately positioned and, unless otherwise shown or specified, shall be secured against displacement by using at intersection, annealed iron wire of not less than No. 18 gauge or suitable metal clips. It shall be supported by plastic or metal chairs or spacers. In general, reinforcement shall be placed, spliced, lapped, located, etc., in accordance with the recommendations of the Concrete Reinforcement Steel Institute or Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (2004) Section 440. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 3 Section 03 30 00 Concrete 8.Under no circumstances shall reinforcing steel or dowel bars be “stabbed” into fresh concrete. When reinforcing steel or dowel bars are required to extend beyond the slip- formed surface, holes shall be drilled and the steel shall be epoxyed into place using a pre- approved epoxy. F.STORAGE OF MATERIALS: 1.All cement, fly ash and mineral filler shall be stored in well-ventilated weatherproof buildings or pre-approved bins, which will protect them from dampness or absorption of moisture. 2.The method of handling and storing concrete aggregates shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. To assure uniform concrete, aggregate stockpiles shall be maintained at reasonably uniform moisture content. 2.2 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A.CONCRETE QUALITY AND ALLOWABLE STRESSES 1.Concrete Quality: Concrete mixes will be designed and made in sufficient number to represent the required water-cement ratios. These mixes shall comply with the requirements prescribed for strength and consistency as shown below. The Contractor shall furnish the results on trial mixes from a testing laboratory pre-approved by the Engineer. Minimum Compressive Strength, psi at 28 days Minimum Cement Content Sack/cubic yard Maximum Water Content Gal/sack of cement General Usage 1,500 3.0 11.0 Riprap 3,000 4.5 6.0 Drilled Pier, Inlets; Manholes; Headwalls; Sidewalks; Driveways; 3,500 5.0 6.0 Concrete Pavement; curb and gutters 4,000 5.5 5.0 Bridge slab; Culverts The slump of concrete mixtures shall be within the following limits when measured according to "Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete" (ASTM C142). When admixtures are used to increase the workability, the mix design shall indicate the slump before and after its introduction into the mix. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 4 Section 03 30 00 Concrete TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE, psi MAXIMUM SLUMP (before admixtures) Concrete Pavement 3,500 3” Curb and Gutter 3,500 3” Sidewalk 3,000 5” Drilled Piers 3,000 7” Thin Walled Sections (9” or less)3,000 5” Thick Walls By Special Design B.TESTS ON CONCRETE 1.During the progress of the work, compression test specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with "Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Field" (ASTM C31). Not less than three specimens shall be made for each test, nor less than one test for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of concrete placed or for each day’s pour. These tests shall be made by an independent testing laboratory at the Owner's expense. 2.Specimens shall be tested in accordance with "Standard Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders" (ASTM C39). 3.The standard age of test shall be 7 days and 28 days. 4.If the average strength of the control cylinders for any portion of the structure falls below the specified compressive strength, the Engineer shall have the right to order changes in the proportions or the cement content for the remaining portion of the structure. If the concrete minimum 28 day strength is not achieved the Engineer shall have the right to order its removal. 5.An air-entraining admixture may be used with Type I, II, or III Portland Cement in lieu of an Air-Entraining Portland Cement. The admixture shall meet the requirements of "Specifications for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete" (ASTM C260). Concrete produced from either Type IA, IIA, or IIIA cement or the use of air-entraining admixtures shall have an air content from 3 to 5 percent when determined by means of the test for air- content, ASTM C231. C.TEST CYLINDERS Preparation of test cylinders and tests on concrete cylinders shall be made at the expense of the Owner. The cost of all failed tests shall be charged to the Contractor. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A.PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PLACE OF DEPOSIT: Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 5 Section 03 30 00 Concrete 1.Before placing concrete, all equipment for mixing and transporting the concrete shall be cleaned. All debris shall be removed from the place to be occupied by the concrete. 2.Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. B.MIXING OF CONCRETE 1.The concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform distribution of materials and shall be discharged completely, before the mixer is recharged. 2.For job-mixed concrete, the mixer shall be rotated at a speed recommended by the manufacturer. Mixing shall be continued at least one (1) minute after all materials are in the mixer. Job-mixed concrete shall be rejected and disposed of as directed if not placed as prescribed within thirty (30) minutes after beginning of mixing. Job-mixed concrete is only allowed with written approval from the City Engineer 72-hours prior to the pour. 3.Ready-mixed concrete shall be measured, mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements set forth in "Standard Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete" (ASTM C- 94). C.CONVEYING 1.Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of the materials. 2.Equipment for chuting, pumping, and pneumatically conveying concrete shall be of a size and design to insure a continuous flow of the concrete at the delivery point, without separation of the materials. D.TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT Transportation of concrete mixed completely in a stationary mixer, from the mixer to the point of placement, shall be by truck agitator, or in a truck mixer operating at agitator speed, or in non-agitating equipment conforming to ASTM Standard C-94 except as modified herein. Truck agitators, truck mixers, and non-agitating equipment shall be capable of delivering concrete without segregation in transit. Slump tests of individual samples taken at approximately the one-quarter and three-quarter points of the load during discharge shall not vary by more than 1 inch. Vehicles transporting concrete mixed partially or completely in stationary mixers shall be equipped with discharge chutes or other devices when operating outside of the prepared subgrade, or shall be supplemented by additional transfer equipment capable of discharging or transferring the concrete from the transporting vehicle to its final position in the form without segregation. E.FACILITIES FOR SAMPLING Suitable facilities shall be provided for readily obtaining representative samples of aggregate from each of the bins or compartments for test purposes. Suitable facilities shall be provided for obtaining representative samples of concrete for uniformity tests. All necessary platforms, tools, and equipment for obtaining samples shall be furnished by the Contractor. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 6 Section 03 30 00 Concrete F.PLACING CONCRETE 1.The Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum 24 hours advance notice before placing concrete to permit the inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement and other preparations. 2.Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions would impair the quality of the finished work. 3.Transporting Time: The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall conform to the requirements below: Concrete Temp (at point of placement) Max Time (No Retarding Agent Minutes) Max Time (with Retarding Agent) Minutes Non-Agitated Concrete Above 80 F 15 30 80 F and Below 30 45 Agitated Concrete Above 90 F 45 75 Above 75 F thru 90 F 60 90 75 F and Below 90 120 4.All forms, sub grade and steel shall be dampened before placement of concrete to assist with retaining moisture in the concrete. 5.Cold Weather Precautions: Concrete shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is below 40 F and falling. Concrete may be placed when the ambient temperature is above 35 F and rising, the ambient temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Concrete shall not be placed when the forecast predicts 72 continuous hours of temperatures less than 32 F. The Contractor shall have available a sufficient supply of pre-approved cotton mats, polyethylene sheeting or other pre-approved covering materials to immediately protect concrete if the air temperature falls to 32 F, or below, before concrete has been in place for less than four (4) hours. Such protection shall remain in place during the period the temperature continues below 32 F, or for a period of not more than five (5) days. Neither salt nor other chemical admixtures shall be added to the concrete to prevent freezing. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of concrete under cold weather conditions and any concrete damaged by freezing shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. The surface of all concrete in bents, piers, culvert walls, retaining walls, bottom of slabs, and similar formed concrete shall be maintained at 40 F or above for a period of 72 hours from the time of placements. The temperature of all concrete, including the bottom slabs (footings) of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 32 F for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such coverings with artificial heating. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 7 Section 03 30 00 Concrete 6.Warm Weather Precautions The following precautions shall be taken in placing, curing, and protecting the concrete when local weather records show that the maximum daily temperature is likely to exceed 95 F. The forms and the subgrade, subbase or base course shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable, and in no case shall the temperature of the concrete exceed 95 F when deposited on the subgrade, subbase or base course. The temperature of the concrete shall not exceed 85 F for bridge slabs or in the top slab of direct-traffic culverts. The aggregates and/or mixing water will be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature within the specified maximum. Concrete shall be placed in the forms continuously and rapidly at a rate of not less than 100 feet of paving lane per hour. The surface of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by means of a water fog or mist applied with pre-approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the pre- approved curing medium. 7.Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. The deposition shall be at a rate that allows the concrete to be plastic at all times and permits flow readily into the space between the rebar. Retempered concrete shall not be used and concrete shall not have a free fall of more than five (5) feet, except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts or as specified in other items. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. 8.Concrete deposition shall be a continuous operation until completed at the panel or section. Cold joints in a monolithic placement shall be avoided. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass with the previously placed concrete. Not more than one (1) hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete. 9.Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated and vibrated in the forms with pre-approved mechanical vibrators of a type considered in the design of forms. G.FINISHING Unless noted otherwise, apply an ordinary surface finish as the final finish to the following exposed surfaces: inside and top of inlets, inside and top of manholes, inside of sewer appurtenances, inside of culvert barrels, bottom of bridge slabs between girders and beams, and vertical and bottom surfaces of interior concrete beams or girders. An ordinary surface finish shall be as follows: Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or honeycombed areas are visible after form removal. Repair spalls by saw-cutting and chipping at least 1/2 in. deep, perpendicular to the surface to eliminate feather edges. Repair shallow cavities using a latex adhesive grout, cement mortar, or epoxy mortar as pre-approved. Repair large areas using concrete as directed or pre-approved. Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form ties, etc., with latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout as pre-approved. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 8 Section 03 30 00 Concrete patch with the surrounding concrete. On surfaces to receive a rub finish in accordance with Item 427, “Surface Finishes for Concrete,” chip out exposed parts of metals chairs to a depth of 1/2 in. and repair the surface. Remove all fins, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry-rubbing. Ensure that all repairs are dense, well bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not specified. Finish of Bridge Slabs and related features shall be in compliance with TxDOT Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (2004) Section 420.4. F.CURING The concrete shall be kept wet by spraying with water after attaining its final set and before removing the forms. Bottom forms supporting floor or roof slabs shall remain in place for not less than seven (7) days. The concrete shall have attained a compressive strength of not less than 2,000 psi prior to removal of bottom forms. All other forms may be removed twenty-four hours after completion of concrete placement, providing the weather has allowed the concrete to attain its final set in less than five (5) hours. The forms shall be left on for forty-eight (48) hours whenever the temperature of the air in the shade during pouring is 90 F or over. Curing shall be continued for five days after placement of concrete. This may be done with wet mats, with two applications of Type II (White in color) Liquid-Membrane-Forming Compound meeting requirements of ASTM C309, or with waterproof curing paper meeting the requirements of ASTM C171. G.CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints will be made only at locations shown on the Plans unless written permission is granted by the Engineer to make additional joints. Unless otherwise required, make construction joints square and normal to the forms. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint as soon as practical after initial set is attained. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, dirt, and foreign matter. The surface is to be dampened just prior to casting of concrete against the joint. END OF SECTION City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 1 SECTION 042000 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Face brick. 3. Mortar and grout. 4. Steel reinforcing bars. 5. Masonry joint reinforcement. 6. Ties and anchors. 7. Embedded flashing. 8. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 04 Section "Cast Stone Masonry" for furnishing cast stone trim. 2. Division 07 Section "Water Repellents" for water repellents applied to unit masonry. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s). B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths at 28 days. 1. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry from average net-area compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method) according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 2. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to ASTM C 1314. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 2 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 1. Clay Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required, according to ASTM C 67 for compressive strength. 2. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required, according to ASTM C 140 for compressive strength. 3. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix required, according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention, and ASTM C 91 for air content. 4. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix required, according to ASTM C 780 for compressive strength. 5. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix required, according to ASTM C 1019. 6. Prism Test: For each type of construction required, according to ASTM C 1314. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For the following: 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. 2. Cast Stone Trim Units: Show sizes, profiles, and locations of each stone trim unit required. 3. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Show elevations of reinforced walls. 4. Fabricated Flashing: Detail corner units, end-dam units, and other special applications. C. Samples for Initial Selection: 1.Face brick, in the form of straps of five or more bricks. 2. Colored mortar. 3. Weep holes/vents. D. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of the following: 1.Face brick, in the form of straps of five or more bricks. 2.Pigmented and colored-aggregate mortar. Make Samples using same sand and mortar ingredients to be used on Project. 3. Weep holes and vents. 4. Accessories embedded in masonry. E. List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, model numbers, lot numbers, batch numbers, source of supply, and other information as required to identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar and grout and source of aggregates. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 3 1. Submittal is for information only. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockup constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such deviations are specifically brought to the attention of Architect and approved in writing. F. Qualification Data: For testing agency. G. Material Certificates: For each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. a. Include data on material properties and material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements. b. For brick, include size-variation data verifying that actual range of sizes falls within specified tolerances. c. For exposed brick, include test report for efflorescence according to ASTM C 67. d. For masonry units, include data and calculations establishing average net-area compressive strength of units. 2. Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer. 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 4. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 5. Reinforcing bars. 6. Joint reinforcement. 7. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. H. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention, and ASTM C 91 for air content. 2. Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. I. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. J. Cold-Weather and Hot-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with requirements. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated. B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single manufacturer for each product required. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 4 C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate. D. Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. E. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 1. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes approximately 48 inches (1200 mm) long by 48 inches (1200 mm). 2. Where masonry is to match existing, erect panels adjacent and parallel to existing surface. 3. Clean one-half of exposed faces of panels with masonry cleaner indicated. 4. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. 5. Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. a. Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in sample panels unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. F. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups for typical exterior wall in sizes approximately 72 inches (1800 mm) long by 72 inches (1800 mm) high by full thickness, including face and backup wythes and accessories. a. Include a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inches (400 mm) long in mockup. b. Include lower corner of window opening framed with cast stone trim at upper corner of exterior wall mockup. Make opening approximately 12 inches (300 mm) wide by 16 inches (400 mm) high. c. Include through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch (600-mm) length in corner of exterior wall mockup approximately 16 inches (400 mm) down from top of mockup, with a 12-inch (300-mm) length of flashing left exposed to view (omit masonry above half of flashing). d. Include CMU, air barrier, veneer anchors, flashing, cavity drainage material and weep holes in exterior masonry-veneer wall mockup. 2. Clean one-half of exposed faces of mockups with masonry cleaner as indicated. 3. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. 4. Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities of workmanship. a. Approval of mockups is also for other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 5 b. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. 5. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for use with dispensing silos. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides of walls and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least three days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 6 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven days after completing cleaning. E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use units where such defects will be exposed in the completed Work. B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide units that comply with requirements for fire- resistance ratings indicated as determined by testing according to ASTM E 119, by equivalent masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. B. CMUs: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength of 2800 psi (19.3 MPa). 2. Density Classification: Lightweight unless otherwise indicated. 3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 7 4. Exposed Faces: Provide color and texture matching the range represented by Architect's sample. 2.3 BRICK A. Regional Materials: Provide brick that has been manufactured within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site from materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site. B. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching finish and color of exposed faces of adjacent units: 1. For ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose unfinished brick surfaces, provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished. 2. Provide special shapes for applications where stretcher units cannot accommodate special conditions, including those at corners, movement joints, bond beams, sashes, and lintels. 3. Provide special shapes for applications requiring brick of size, form, color, and texture on exposed surfaces that cannot be produced by sawing. 4. Provide special shapes for applications where shapes produced by sawing would result in sawed surfaces being exposed to view. C. Face Brick: Facing brick complying with ASTM C 216 or hollow brick complying with ASTM C 652, Class HBA (void areas between 25 and 40 percent of gross cross-sectional area). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Face Brick: Acme Brick Blend 137, modular. 2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Regional Materials: Provide aggregate for mortar and grout, cement, and lime that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. D. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. E. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 8 a. Capital Materials Corporation. b. Cemex S.A.B. de C.V. c. Essroc, Italcementi Group. d. Holcim (US) Inc. e. Lafarge North America Inc. f. Lehigh Cement Company. g. National Cement Company, Inc.; Coosa Masonry Cement. F. Colored Cement Product: Packaged blend made from portland cement and hydrated lime and mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements, and containing no other ingredients. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Colored Portland Cement-Lime Mix: 1) Capital Materials Corporation; Riverton Portland Cement Lime Custom Color. 2) Holcim (US) Inc.; Rainbow Mortamix Custom Color Cement/Lime. 3) Lafarge North America Inc.; Eaglebond Portland & Lime. 4) Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Custom Color Portland/Lime Cement. 2. Formulate blend as required to produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. G. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. For joints less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve. 3. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. H. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. I. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Accelguard 80. b. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Morset. c. Sonneborn Products, BASF Aktiengesellschaft; Trimix-NCA. J. Water: Potable. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 9 2.5 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60 (Grade 420). B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951/A 951M. 1. Interior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel. 2. Exterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.187-inch (4.76-mm) diameter. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.187-inch (4.76-mm) diameter. 5. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: 0.187-inch (4.76-mm) diameter. 6. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c. 7. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet (3 m), with prefabricated corner and tee units. C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods. D. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Multiwythe Masonry: 1. Adjustable (two-piece) type, either ladder or truss design, with one side rod at each face shell of backing wythe and with separate adjustable ties with pintle-and-eye connections having a maximum adjustment of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). Size ties to extend at least halfway through facing wythe but with at least 5/8-inch (16-mm) cover on outside face. Ties have hooks or clips to engage a continuous horizontal wire in the facing wythe. 2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated. 1. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M; with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating. 2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel, G60 (Z180) zinc coating. B. Corrugated Metal Ties: Metal strips not less than 7/8 inch (22 mm) wide with corrugations having a wavelength of 7.6 to 12.7 mm and an amplitude of 0.06 to 0.10 inch (1.5 to 2.5 mm) made from 0.060-inch- (1.52-mm-) thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication. C. Wire Ties, General: Unless otherwise indicated, size wire ties to extend at least halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8-inch (16-mm) cover on outside face. Outer ends of wires are bent 90 degrees and extend 2 inches (50 mm) parallel to face of veneer. D. Individual Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches (100 mm) wide. 1. Z-shaped ties with ends bent 90 degrees to provide hooks not less than 2 inches (50 mm) long may be used for masonry constructed from solid units. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 10 2. Where wythes do not align, use adjustable ties with pintle-and-eye connections having a maximum adjustment of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). 3. Wire: Fabricate from 3/16-inch- (4.76-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire. E. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch- (6.35-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire. F. Adjustable Masonry-Veneer Anchors: 1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and as follows: a. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-lbf (445- N) load in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch (1.3 mm). 2. Contractor's Option: Unless otherwise indicated, provide any of the following types of anchors: 3. Screw-Attached, Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie and a metal anchor section. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division. 2) Heckmann Building Products Inc. 3) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 4) Wire-Bond. b. Anchor Section: Rib-stiffened, sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom, 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) wide by 3 inches (76 mm) high; with projecting tabs having slotted holes for inserting vertical legs of wire tie specially formed to fit anchor section. c. Anchor Section: Sheet metal plate, 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide by 6 inches (152 mm) long, with screw holes top and bottom and with raised rib-stiffened strap, 5/8 inch (16 mm) wide by 5-1/2 inches (140 mm) long, stamped into center to provide a slot between strap and plate for inserting wire tie. d. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 1.05-inch- (2.66-mm-) thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication. e. Wire Ties: Triangular-, rectangular-, or T-shaped wire ties fabricated from 0.25- inch- (6.35-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS A. Dovetail Slots in Concrete: Furnish dovetail slots with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from 0.034-inch (0.86-mm), galvanized steel sheet. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 11 B. Anchor Bolts: Headed steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C; of dimensions indicated. C. Postinstalled Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Load Capacity: Capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 2. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5 unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene, urethane or PVC. B. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). C. Weep/Vent Products: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Vinyl Weep Hole/Vent: One-piece, offset, T-shaped units made from flexible PVC, designed to fit into a head joint and consisting of a louvered vertical leg, flexible wings to seal against ends of masonry units, and a top flap to keep mortar out of the head joint; in color selected by Architect. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; #343 Louvered Weep Hole. 2) Williams Products, Inc.; Williams-Goodco Brick Vent. 3) Wire-Bond; Louvered Weepholes. 2.9 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc. b. EaCo Chem, Inc. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 12 c. ProSoCo, Inc. 2.10 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to provide required compressive strength of masonry. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S. 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type S. 3. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. 4. For interior non-load-bearing partitions, Type O may be used instead of Type N. D. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color. 1. Mix to match Architect's sample. 2. Application: Use colored aggregate mortar for exposed mortar joints with the following units: a. Face brick. b. Rockface CMU. c. Groundface CMU. d. Cast stone trim units. E. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1 or paragraph 4.2.2 for specified 28-day compressive strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi (14 MPa). 3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (203 to 279 mm) as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. 1. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. F. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 g/30 sq. in. (30 g/194 sq. cm) per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at time of laying. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch (12 mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm). City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 14 2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch (12 mm). 3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm) in a story height or 1/2 inch (12 mm) total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 7. For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) except due to warpage of masonry units within tolerances specified for warpage of units. C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch (12 mm). 2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm). 3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch (9 mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm). 4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm). Do not vary from adjacent bed-joint and head-joint thicknesses by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm). 5. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line by more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) from one masonry unit to the next. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in bond to match existing building; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 15 C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches (50 mm). Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. H. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. I. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. Fasten partition top anchors to structure above and build into top of partition. Grout cells of CMUs solidly around plastic tubes of anchors and push tubes down into grout to provide 1/2-inch (13-mm) clearance between end of anchor rod and end of tube. Space anchors 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 3. Wedge non-load-bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile, slate, or metal. Fill joint with mortar after dead-load deflection of structure above approaches final position. 4. At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Division 07 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems." 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow brick and CMUs as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Set cast-stone trim units in full bed of mortar with full vertical joints. Fill dowel, anchor, and similar holes. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 16 1. Clean soiled surfaces with fiber brush and soap powder and rinse thoroughly with clear water. 2. Allow cleaned surfaces to dry before setting. 3. Wet joint surfaces thoroughly before applying mortar. C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint) unless otherwise indicated. E. Bond wythes of cavity walls together using bonding system indicated on Drawings. F. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Bevel beds away from cavity, to minimize mortar protrusions into cavity. Do not attempt to trowel or remove mortar fins protruding into cavity. G. Apply air barrier to face of backup wythe to comply with Division 07 Section "Fluid-Applied Membrane Air Barriers." H. Installing Cavity-Wall Insulation: Place small dabs of adhesive, spaced approximately 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. both ways, on inside face of insulation boards, or attach with plastic fasteners designed for this purpose. Fit courses of insulation between wall ties and other confining obstructions in cavity, with edges butted tightly both ways. Press units firmly against inside wythe of masonry or other construction as shown. 1. Fill cracks and open gaps in insulation with crack sealer compatible with insulation and masonry. 3.6 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 mm) o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 mm) above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches (305 mm) beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. E. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at[ corners,] returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 17 3.7 ANCHORING MASONRY VENEERS A. Anchor masonry veneers to concrete and masonry backup with masonry-veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements: 1. Fasten anchors to concrete and masonry backup with metal fasteners of type indicated. Use two fasteners unless anchor design only uses one fastener. 2. Insert slip-in anchors in metal studs as sheathing is installed. Provide one anchor at each stud in each horizontal joint between sheathing boards. 3. Embed tie sections in masonry joints. Provide not less than 2 inches (50 mm) of air space between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing. 4. Locate anchor sections to allow maximum vertical differential movement of ties up and down. 5. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 18 inches (458 mm) o.c. vertically and 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. horizontally, with not less than 1 anchor for each 2 sq. ft. (0.2 sq. m) of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches (305 mm) of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 8 inches (203 mm), around perimeter. 6. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. vertically and 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. horizontally with not less than 1 anchor for each 2.67 sq. ft. (0.25 sq. m) of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches (305 mm) of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 inches (914 mm), around perimeter. 3.8 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in- plane wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods: 1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of CMUs on one side of control joint. Fill resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of sealant. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant. 4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete for application of sealant. C. Form expansion joints in brick as follows: 1. Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4 inches (100 mm) in direction of water flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints if any. 2. Build flanges of factory-fabricated, expansion-joint units into masonry. 3. Build in compressible joint fillers where indicated. 4. Form open joint full depth of brick wythe and of width indicated, but not less than 3/8 inch (10 mm) for installation of sealant and backer rod specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 18 D. Provide horizontal, pressure-relieving joints by either leaving an air space or inserting a compressible filler of width required for installing sealant and backer rod specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants," but not less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). 1. Locate horizontal, pressure-relieving joints beneath shelf angles supporting masonry. 3.9 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES AND VENTS A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. Install vents at shelf angles, ledges, and other obstructions to upward flow of air in cavities, and where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At multiwythe masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing through outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm), and through inner wythe to within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of the interior face of wall in exposed masonry. Where interior face of wall is to receive furring or framing, carry flashing completely through inner wythe and turn flashing up approximately 2 inches (50 mm) on interior face. 3. At masonry-veneer walls, extend flashing through veneer, across air space behind veneer, and up face of sheathing at least 8 inches (200 mm); with upper edge tucked under building paper or building wrap, lapping at least 4 inches (100 mm). 4. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches (150 mm) at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches (50 mm) to form end dams. 5. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 6. Install metal drip edges with ribbed sheet metal flashing by interlocking hemmed edges to form hooked seam. Seal seam with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 7. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 8. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination. 9. Cut flexible flashing off flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed. C. Install single-wythe CMU flashing system in bed joints of CMU walls where indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install CMU cell pans with upturned edges located below face shells and webs of CMUs above and with weep spouts aligned with face of City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 19 wall. Install CMU web covers so that they cover upturned edges of CMU cell pans at CMU webs and extend from face shell to face shell. D. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where they are shown to be built into masonry. E. Install weep holes in head joints in exterior wythes of first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing and as follows: 1. Use specified weep/vent products to form weep holes. 2. Use wicking material to form weep holes above flashing under brick sills. Turn wicking down at lip of sill to be as inconspicuous as possible. 3. Space weep holes 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cover cavity side of weep holes with plastic insect screening at cavities insulated with loose-fill insulation. F. Install vents in head joints in exterior wythes at spacing indicated. Use specified weep/vent products to form vents. 1. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. Install through-wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking. 3.10 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 12.67 ft. (3.86 m). 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 20 perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Inspections: Level 1 special inspections according to the "International Building Code." 1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site- prepared mortar. 2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. 3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout. C. Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests. D. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. (464 sq. m) of wall area or portion thereof. E. Clay Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 67 for compressive strength. F. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for compressive strength. G. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. H. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. Test mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength. I. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 1019. J. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 7 days and at 28 days. 3.12 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 21 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean brick by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20. 3.13 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 042000 City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 1 SECTION 047200 - CAST STONE MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast stone trim including the following: a. Monument Sign Trim units. b. Engraved backpainted letters. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for installing cast stone units in unit masonry. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. For cast stone units, include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for cast stone units. Include dimensions, details of reinforcement and anchorages if any, and indication of finished faces. 1. Include building elevations showing layout of units and locations of joints and anchors. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For colored mortar. D. Samples for Verification: 1. For each color and texture of cast stone required, 10 inches (250 mm) square in size. 2. For colored mortar. Make Samples using same sand and mortar ingredients to be used on Project. Label Samples to indicated types and amounts of pigments used. E. Full-Size Samples: For each color, texture and shape of cast stone unit required. 1. Make available for Architect's review at Project site or at manufacturing plant, if acceptable to Architect. 2. Make Samples from materials to be used for units used on Project immediately before beginning production of units for Project. 3. Approved Samples may be installed in the Work. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 2 F. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency. 1. Include copies of material test reports for completed projects, indicating compliance of cast stone with ASTM C 1364. G. Material Test Reports: For each mix required to produce cast stone, based on testing according to ASTM C 1364, including test for resistance to freezing and thawing. 1. Provide test reports based on testing within previous two years. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer of cast stone units similar to those indicated for this Project, that has sufficient production capacity to manufacture required units, and is a plant certified by the Cast Stone Institute. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. C. Source Limitations for Cast Stone: Obtain cast stone units through single source from single manufacturer. D. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. E. Mockups: Furnish cast stone for installation in mockups specified in Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry." F. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Coordinate delivery of cast stone with stone masonry work to avoid delaying the Work and to minimize the need for on-site storage. B. Pack, handle, and ship cast stone units in suitable packs or pallets. 1. Lift with wide-belt slings; do not use wire rope or ropes that might cause staining. Move cast stone units, if required, using dollies with wood supports. 2. Store cast stone units on wood skids or pallets with nonstaining, waterproof covers, securely tied. Arrange to distribute weight evenly and to prevent damage to units. Ventilate under covers to prevent condensation. C. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. D. Store mortar aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 3 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until cast stone has dried, but no fewer than seven days after completing cleaning. B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CAST STONE MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1364 and the following: B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce cast stone color indicated. C. Coarse Aggregates: Granite, quartz, or limestone complying with ASTM C 33; gradation and colors as needed to produce required cast stone textures and colors. D. Fine Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone complying with ASTM C 33, gradation and colors as needed to produce required cast stone textures and colors. E. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. F. Admixtures: Use only admixtures specified or approved in writing by Architect. 1. Do not use admixtures that contain more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. 2. Use only admixtures that are certified by manufacturer to be compatible with cement and other admixtures used. 3. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. Add to mixes for units exposed to the exterior at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in an air content of 4 to 6 percent, except do not add to zero-slump concrete mixes. 4. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 5. Water-Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 6. Water-Reducing, Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type E. G. Reinforcement: Deformed steel bars complying with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420). Use galvanized or epoxy-coated reinforcement when covered with less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of cast stone material. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 4 1. Epoxy Coating: ASTM A 775/A 775M. 2. Galvanized Coating: ASTM A 767/A 767M. H. Embedded Anchors and Other Inserts: Fabricated from stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240M, ASTM A 276, or ASTM A 666, Type 304. 2.2 CAST STONE UNITS A. Provide cast stone units complying with ASTM C 1364 using either the vibrant dry tamp or wet-cast method. 1. Provide units that are resistant to freezing and thawing as determined by laboratory testing according to ASTM C 666/C 666M, Procedure A, as modified by ASTM C 1364. B. Fabricate units with sharp arris and accurately reproduced details, with indicated texture on all exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 1. Slope exposed horizontal surfaces 1:12 to drain unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide raised fillets at backs of sills and at ends indicated to be built into jambs. 3. Provide drips on projecting elements unless otherwise indicated. C. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Variation in Cross Section: Do not vary from indicated dimensions by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm). 2. Variation in Length: Do not vary from indicated dimensions by more than 1/360 of the length of unit or 1/8 inch (3 mm), whichever is greater, but in no case by more than 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3. Warp, Bow, and Twist: Not to exceed 1/360 of the length of unit or 1/8 inch (3 mm), whichever is greater. 4. Location of Grooves, False Joints, Holes, Anchorages, and Similar Features: Do not vary from indicated position by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) on formed surfaces of units and 3/8 inch (10 mm) on unformed surfaces. D. Cure units as follows: 1. Cure units in enclosed moist curing room at 95 to 100 percent relative humidity and temperature of 100 deg F (38 deg C) for 12 hours or 70 deg F (21 deg C) for 16 hours. 2. Keep units damp and continue curing to comply with one of the following: a. No fewer than five days at mean daily temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C) or above. b. No fewer than six days at mean daily temperature of 60 deg F (16 deg C) or above. c. No fewer than seven days at mean daily temperature of 50 deg F (10 deg C) or above. d. No fewer than eight days at mean daily temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C) or above. E. Acid etch units after curing to remove cement film from surfaces to be exposed to view. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 5 F. Colors and Textures: Siteworks “Cream” smooth and rock face. 2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Provide mortar materials that comply with Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry." B. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. C. Colored Cement Product: Packaged blend made from portland cement and hydrated lime and mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements and containing no other ingredients. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Colored Portland Cement-Lime Mix: 1) Capital Materials Corporation; Riverton Portland Cement Lime Custom Color. 2) Holcim (US) Inc.; Rainbow Mortamix Custom Color Cement/Lime. 3) Lafarge North America Inc.; Eaglebond Portland & Lime. 4) Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Custom Color Portland/Lime Cement. 2. Formulate blend as required to produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. For joints less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve. 3. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. E. Water: Potable. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Anchors: Type and size indicated, fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240M, ASTM A 276, or ASTM A 666. B. Dowels: 1/2-inch- (12-mm-) diameter, round bars, fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240M, ASTM A 276, or ASTM A 666. C. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 6 cast stone manufacturer and expressly approved by cleaner manufacturer for use on cast stone and adjacent masonry materials. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc. b. EaCo Chem, Inc. c. ProSoCo, Inc. 2.5 MORTAR MIXES A. Comply with requirements in Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for mortar mixes. B. Do not use admixtures including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water- repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. C. Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. 1. For setting mortar, use Type S. 2. For pointing mortar, use Type N. D. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color. 1. Mix to match Architect's sample. 2. Application: Use colored aggregate mortar for exposed mortar joints. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to sample and test cast stone units according to ASTM C 1364. 1. Include one test for resistance to freezing and thawing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 7 3.2 SETTING CAST STONE IN MORTAR A. Install cast stone units to comply with requirements in Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry." B. Set cast stone as indicated on Drawings. Set units accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances. 1. Install anchors, supports, fasteners, and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure units in place. 2. Coordinate installation of cast stone with installation of flashing specified in other Sections. C. Wet joint surfaces thoroughly before applying mortar or setting in mortar. D. Set units in full bed of mortar with full head joints unless otherwise indicated. 1. Set units with joints 1/4 to 3/8 inch (6 to 10 mm) wide unless otherwise indicated. 2. Build anchors and ties into mortar joints as units are set. 3. Fill dowel holes and anchor slots with mortar. 4. Fill collar joints solid as units are set. 5. Build concealed flashing into mortar joints as units are set. 6. Keep head joints in coping and other units with exposed horizontal surfaces open to receive sealant. 7. Keep joints at shelf angles open to receive sealant. E. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depths of not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm). Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides. Scrub faces of units to remove excess mortar as joints are raked. F. Point mortar joints by placing and compacting mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch (10 mm). Compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. G. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. H. Provide sealant joints at copings and other horizontal surfaces, at expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints, and at locations indicated. 1. Keep joints free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Build in compressible foam-plastic joint fillers where indicated. 3. Form joint of width indicated, but not less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). 4. Prime cast stone surfaces to receive sealant and install compressible backer rod in joints before applying sealant unless otherwise indicated. 5. Prepare and apply sealant of type and at locations indicated to comply with applicable requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." City of College Station September 14, 2018 City Marker at Highway 6 and Texas World Speedway CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 8 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. B. Variation from Level: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. C. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than 1/8 inch in 36 inches (3 mm in 900 mm) or one-fourth of nominal joint width, whichever is less. D. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Surfaces (Lipping): Do not vary from flush alignment with adjacent units or adjacent surfaces indicated to be flush with units by more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm), except where variation is due to warpage of units within tolerances specified. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace stained and otherwise damaged units and units not matching approved Samples. Cast stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Architect. B. Replace units in a manner that results in cast stone matching approved Samples, complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean cast stone as work progresses. 1. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. 2. Remove excess sealant immediately, including spills, smears, and spatter. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed cast stone as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample; leave one sample uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of cast stone. 3. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean cast stone by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20. END OF SECTION 047200 Approved – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 1 Section 31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing SECTION 31 11 00 CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section governs the furnishing of all labor, equipment, tools, and materials, and the performance of all work for clearing, grubbing, and disposal of material within the work site required for construction of a site in accordance with specification requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Clearing consists of cutting off trees and brush vegetative growth to not more than a specified height above ground and disposing of felled trees, previously uprooted trees and stumps, and surface debris. B. Close-cut clearing consists of cutting off standing trees, brush, scrub, roots, stumps and embedded logs, removing at, or close to, existing grade and disposing of fallen timber and surface debris. C. Clearing isolated trees consists of cutting off to not more than specified height above ground of designated trees, and disposing of felled trees and debris. D. Underbrush clearing consists of removal from treed areas of undergrowth, deadwood, and trees smaller than 50 mm trunk diameter and disposing of all fallen timber and surface debris. E. Grubbing consists of excavation and disposal of stumps and roots boulders and rock fragments of specified size to not less than a specified depth below existing ground surface. 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Lump SumA. This item will be measured by the acre unless otherwise shown on the bid documents. B. For “acre” measurement, the work performed in accordance with this item and measured as provided under “measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid for “Clearing and Grubbing.” This price is full compensation for pruning of designated trees, and shrubs; removal and disposal of structures and obstruction; backfilling of holes: furnishing and placing concrete for plugs; and equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 1.4 SUMBITTALS A. Burn permits shall be submitted to the owner prior to burning of vegetation. B. Notice of Intent (NOI) and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or cause for exemption. C. Proof of legal disposal of all hazardous material shall be required when hazardous material is involved. Approved – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 2 Section 31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing 1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Prevent damage to fencing, trees, landscaping, natural features, bench marks, existing buildings, existing pavement, utility lines, site appurtenances, water courses, root systems of trees which are to remain. B. Repair any damaged items to approval of Engineer/Architect. Replace any trees designated to remain, if damaged, as directed by Engineer /Architect. C. When shown on the plans, treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound dressing within 20 minutes of making a pruning cut or otherwise causing damage to the tree. 1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL A. Follow all local and state regulations when burning, if burning of brush is approved, pile and burn at approved locations. B. Testing, removal and disposal of hazardous materials will be in accordance with the contract. PART 2 – PRODUCTS N/A PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Inspect site and verify with Engineer/Architect, items designated to remain. B. Locate and protect utility lines. Preserve in operating condition active utilities traversing site: 1. Notify Engineer/Architect immediately of damage to or when unknown existing utility lines are encountered. 2. When utility lines which are to be removed are encountered within area of operations, notify Engineer/Architect in ample time to minimize interruption of service. C. Notify utility authorities before starting clearing and grubbing. D. Keep roads and walks free of dirt and debris. 3.2 CLEARING A. Clear areas shown on the plans of all obstructions, except those landscape features that are to be preserved. Such obstructions include but are not limited to remains of houses and other structures, foundations, floor slabs, concrete, brick, lumber, plaster, septic tank drain fields, basements, abandoned utility pipes or conduits, equipment, fences, retaining walls, and other items as specified on the plans. Remove vegetation and other landscape features not designated for preservation, curb and gutter, driveways, paved parking areas, miscellaneous stone, sidewalks, drainage structures, manholes, inlets, abandoned railroad tracks, scrap iron, and debris, whether above or below ground. Removal of live utility facilities is not included in this item. Remove culverts, storm sewers, manholes and inlets in proper sequence to maintain traffic and drainage. Approved – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 3 Section 31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing B. In areas receiving embankment, remove obstructions not designated for preservations to 2 ft. below natural ground. In areas to be excavated, remove obstruction to 2 ft. below the excavation level. In all other areas, remove obstruction to 1 ft. below natural ground. When allowed by the plans or directed, cut trees and stumps off to ground level. Plug the remaining ends of abandoned underground structures over 3 inches in diameter with concrete to form a tight closure. Backfill, compact, and restore areas where obstructions have been removed, unless otherwise directed. Use approved material for backfilling. Accept ownership, unless otherwise directed, and dispose of removed materials and debris at location off the sight in accordance with local, state and federal requirements. END OF SECTION Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 1 Section 31 23 33 Excavating, Trenching, and Backfilling SECTION 31 23 33 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING All excavation will meet the most current OSHA Regulations. See SECTION 31 50 50 – TRENCH SAFETY for trench safety requirements. (Sentences and/or paragraphs that are double underlined indicate revisions that were made from the 2009 specification.) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work to be performed under this Specification shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and performing all operations in connection with the excavating, trenching, and backfilling for pipelines as shown on the plans and as specified herein. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT are a Lump SumA. All trench excavation, backfill and compaction are not considered pay items. Payment for these items shall be included in the unit price laid in the Proposal for each size of pipe at their respective depths. This unit price shall be full remuneration for performing the trench and backfill complete including grading, bell holes, sheeting, dewatering, tamping, and water soaking; and including the furnishing of sewer pipe, all equipment, labor, materials, power, teams, tools, and transportation necessary or incidental thereto; but not including tunneling, or boring, all of which will be paid for extra. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials for pipe embedment will meet TCEQ Regulations for depth of bury and class of pipe and City of Bryan/City of College Station Unified Embedment Details as shown on the Plans. B. Concrete (For encasement or blocking) See SECTION 03 30 00 - CONCRETE. Material shall conform to ASTM C94. The compressive strength of the concrete shall be at least 2,000 psi and shall contain at least four (4) sacks of cement per cubic yard. C. Cement stabilized sand. See SECTION 31 23 23.53 – CEMENT STABILIZED SAND BACKFILL. 2.2 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Compaction tests for all backfill may be required for every 200 linear feet of trench and for each twelve-inches (12”) vertically. Density tests, shall be measured as one unit for each test. The Owner shall pay for Geotechnical tests ordered that meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. Failed tests shall be charged to the Contractor. Refer to City Standard Trench Detail for compaction effort requirements. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 2 Section 31 23 33 Excavating, Trenching, and Backfilling PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. CONTROL OF WATER Provide sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order, available at all times to remove any water that accumulates in excavations. When the excavation crosses a drainage pathway, the contractor shall provide for means of alternate drainage. The discharge of dewatering equipment shall not cause damage to private or public property. B. SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING See SECTION 31 50 50 – TRENCH SAFETY. In caving ground, or in wet, saturated, or flowing materials, the contractor shall sheet, shore, or brace the sides of the trench so as to maintain the excavation properly in place. When excavations are made adjacent to existing building or other structures or in paved streets, particular care must be taken to adequately sheet, shore, and brace the sides of the excavation to prevent undermining of, or settlement beneath, the structures or pavement. Underpinning of adjacent structures or pavement shall be done by the Contractor at his own cost and expense, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and when required by the Engineer. The pavement shall be removed, the void satisfactorily refilled and compacted, and the pavement replaced by the Contractor. The entire expense of such removal and subsequent replacement thereof shall be borne by the Contractor. Sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall not be left in place, unless otherwise provided for in the contract or authorized by the Engineer. The removal of sheeting, shoring and bracing shall be done in such a manner as not to endanger or damage either new or existing structure, private or public properties, and so as to avoid cave-ins or sliding of the banks. All holes or voids left by the removal of the sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall be immediately and completely filled and compacted with suitable materials. C. GUARANTEE 1. Guarantee the backfilling of excavation and trenches against settlement for a period of one (1) year after the final completion of the contract under which the work is performed. 2. Make all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement, including refilling, compacting, and reseeding or resodding the upper portion of the ditch and repairing broken or settled pavements, driveways, and sidewalks within five (5) days after notice from the Engineer. D. PREPARATION 1. Site Preparation Prepare the construction site for construction operations by removing and disposing of all obstructions and objectionable materials in accordance with contract documents. 2. Alignment, Grade and Minimum Cover a. General The water and sewer mains shall be laid and maintained to lines and grades established by the plans and specifications with fittings, valves, hydrants, Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 3 Section 31 23 33 Excavating, Trenching, and Backfilling manholes and clean-outs at the required locations, unless otherwise pre-approved by the Engineer. Valve-operating stems shall be oriented in a manner to allow proper operation. Hydrants shall be installed plumb. b. Cut sheets shall be provided to the City’s Inspector. The contractor shall determine the alignment and grade or elevation of the pipeline from offset stakes. Offset stakes shall be placed every 100 feet. The contractor shall also provide a continuous chalk line along the alignment of the trench for use by the operator of the excavating equipment. The contractor shall provide a laser beam and grade pole to assist in grading the ditch to the proper elevation. c. Should the ditch be graded below the required elevation, bring subgrade to the required elevation with cement stabilized sand or rounded pea gravel. The use of excavating materials for this application will not be allowed. d. Where pipe grades or elevations are not definitely fixed by contract drawings, trenches shall be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide a minimum depth of backfill cover over the pipe. Greater pipe cover depths may be necessary for clearance beneath existing pipes, conduits, drains, drainage structures, or other obstructions encountered at normal pipe grades. Measurement of pipe cover depth shall be made vertically from the outside top of pipe to finished ground or pavement surface elevations. 3. Prior Investigation Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to the extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground structures and conflicts. Care should be exercised by the Contractor during excavation avoid damage to existing structures. 4. Unforeseen Obstructions When obstructions that are not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of work and interfere so that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer will alter the plans or order a deviation in line and grade or arrange for removal, relocation or reconstruction of the obstructions. 5. Clearance When crossing existing pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall be adjusted as necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide clearance as required by federal, state or local regulations or as deemed necessary by the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either structure. E. EXCAVATION All excavation shall meet the most current OSHA regulations. 1. Classification Excavation of trenches for pipelines is unclassified. Soils will be classified utilizing OSHA Standards and Regulations. The Contractor shall assume that the site contains the worse type of soils and make provisions for shoring the work area. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 4 Section 31 23 33 Excavating, Trenching, and Backfilling 2. Trench Excavation a. General The trench shall be excavated to the required alignment, depth and width and in conformance with all federal, state and local regulations for the protection of the workmen. b. Trench Preparation i) Trench preparation shall proceed in advance of pipe installation for only as far as pipe will be laid that day. ii) The contractor shall keep the trench dry from both storm water and seepage from the sides of the trench. Discharge from any trench dewatering pumps shall be conducted to natural drainage channels, storm sewers or a pre- approved reservoir. Do not discharge into any municipal sewer system without municipal approval. The contractor shall be responsible for cleaning any storm drain system, which was used for dewatering discharge. iii) Excavated material shall be placed in a manner that will not obstruct the work nor endanger the workmen, obstruct sidewalks, driveways, or other structures and shall be done in compliance with federal, state, or local regulations. 3. Pavement Removal Removal of pavement and road surfaces shall be a part of the trench excavation, and the amount removed shall depend upon the width of trench required for installation of the pipe and the dimensions of area required for the installation of valves, hydrants, specials, manholes or other structures. The dimensions of pavement removed shall not exceed the dimensions of the opening required for installation of pipe, valves, hydrants, specials, manholes and other structures by more than twelve (12”) inches in any direction, unless otherwise required or pre-approved by the Engineer. 4. Width See City Standard Bedding and Trench Detail. 5. Bell Holes Holes for the bells shall be provided at each joint, but shall be no larger than necessary for joint assembly and assurance that the pipe barrel will lie flat on the trench bottom. Other than noted previously, the trench bottom shall be true and even in order to provide support for the full length of the pipe barrel, except that a slight depression may be provided to allow withdrawal of pipe slings or other lifting tackle. 6. Subgrade in Earth a. Where a firm and stable foundation for the pipe can be obtained in the natural soil, and where special embedment is not shown on the plans, or specified herein, carefully and accurately trim the bottom of the trench to fit the lower portion of the pipe barrel. The bottom of the trench shall be firm, stable and free of standing water. b. If water is allowed to collect in an originally dry trench after a reasonable time has passed to complete the embedment of the pipe, as determined by the Engineer, the contractor shall place a minimum of four (4”) inches of clean rounded pea gravel in the ditch and pump out all accumulated water before Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 5 Section 31 23 33 Excavating, Trenching, and Backfilling placing the pipe. No deleterious materials will be allowed in the gravel. No extra compensation will be allowed for this work. c. Where wet, soft, or spongy material is encountered in the excavation at subgrade level, the contractor shall remove such material at the direction of the Engineer and replace it with crushed stone of sufficient quantity such that when fully compacted, the subgrade is firm and stable. 7. Subgrade in Rock a. When excavation of rock is encountered, all rock shall be removed to provide a clearance of at least six (6”) inches below and on each side of all pipe, valves and fittings for pipe sizes twenty-four (24”) inches or smaller, and nine (9”) inches for pipe sizes thirty (30”) inches and larger. When excavation is completed, the proper embedment material shall be placed on the bottom of the trench to the previously mentioned depths, leveled and tamped. b. These clearances and bedding procedures shall also be observed for pieces of concrete or masonry and other debris or subterranean structures, such as masonry walls, piers or foundations that may be encountered during excavation. c. The installation procedures specified in this section shall be followed when gravel formations containing loose boulders greater than eight (8”) inches in diameter are encountered. d. In all cases, the specified clearances shall be maintained between the bottom of all pipe and appurtenances and any part, projection or point of rock, boulder or stones of sufficient size and placement, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, could cause a fulcrum point. F. CONCRETE ENCASEMENT The Contractor shall place 2,000 psi concrete encasement under and around pipe as shown on the embedment detail, and provide necessary anchors to prevent the pipe from floating out of place. The contractor shall remove and relay any pipes that are floated out of proper position G. BACKFILLING 1. General a. The Contractor shall not begin backfilling until approval has been obtained from the Inspector. Backfilling includes refilling and consolidation of the fill in trenches and excavations up to the natural ground surface or road grade. b. Backfill shall be accomplished in accordance with the specified laying condition as shown on the plans. 2. Backfill Material a. All backfill material shall meet latest edition of ASTM D2321 unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. b. If excavated material is indicated on the drawings or specified for backfill, and there is a deficiency due to a rejection of part thereof, the contractor shall provide the required amount of sand, gravel or other pre-approved material. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 6 Section 31 23 33 Excavating, Trenching, and Backfilling 3. Do not leave trenches open overnight without backfilling to the natural ground level. Steel plates (1/2” in thickness) may be used to cover open trenches only with the approval of the Engineer. 4. Compaction Compaction requirements are as specified on the plans. END OF SECTION Approved – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 1 Section 31 25 13 Erosion and Sedimentation Control SECTION 31 25 13 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A.The work covered by this section consists of the installation and maintenance of all erosion siltation control devices, wash down areas, or seeding and sodding applications necessary to effectively prevent storm water pollution of adjoining or downstream areas that may occur as a direct or indirect result of the construction of this project. The contractor is responsible for creating and maintaining the storm water pollution prevention plan by utilizing the base sheets and narrative provided in the bid documents. The contractor is also responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent (NOI) and Notice of Termination (NOT) and conducting inspections as required by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ.) The required forms for these activities are included in the bid documents. The engineer will provide: 1.Base Sheets for Erosion Control Plan (ECP) 2.The Narrative for the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) The contractor will generate, submit, and maintain the: 1.ECP 2.SWPPP 3.NOI (if required) 4.NOT (if required) 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Erosion and Sediment Control is measured as a lump sum item. The work and materials as prescribed by this item will be paid on the following schedule: A.25% of the bid value shall be paid when the erosion control plan is fully detailed and implemented, the NOI (if required) is submitted to both TCEQ and the City Inspector, and all of the initial erosion control devices have been installed and are in working order. B.50% of the value will be prorated for the installation and maintenance of erosion control devices during the course of construction as a percent of the total contract value. If the sediment trapping devices on the site appear to be un-maintained, no payment of this portion of the item shall be paid. C.25% will be paid at the completion of construction when the site is stabilized, the NOT is submitted to both TCEQ and the City Inspector and all erosion control devices are removed from the site. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.The contractors shall submit the initial erosion control plan along with the NOI (if required) prior to receiving a notice to proceed. B.If required, the Contractor is responsible for filing a “Notice of Intent” (NOI.) The contractor shall comply with all TCEQ and EPA regulations and pay the filing fees associated with the regulations. Fees associated with these regulations are subsidiary to the bid item Storm Water Prevention. The forms are available at: Approved – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 2 Section 31 25 13 Erosion and Sedimentation Control http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/assets/public/permitting/waterquality/forms/20022.pdf http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/assets/public/permitting/waterquality/forms/20023.pdf C.Said NOI must be postmarked two days before construction begins. NOI’s and NOT’s shall be submitted to the address shown on the forms. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to file and provide the owner a copy of the Notice of Termination (NOT) at the completion of the project. PART 2 – PRODUCTS N/A PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A.It is the responsibility of the Contractor to utilize whatever techniques are necessary to address erosion problems as they occur during construction. B.Siltation control and sediment trapping devices shall be installed prior to site clearing, grading or utility construction operations. All devices should be positioned so as to effectively remove silt from storm water before it leaves the site. Of particular concern, are gravel or stone blankets placed at construction traffic exits and entrances. These controls should be closely monitored to see that they trap sediment before it reaches the existing street and drainage system. C.Construction activities should be phased to expose a minimum of graded area at one time. Earth exposed by the construction process shall be re-vegetated every two weeks until vegetation is established. Re-vegetation shall require seeding, hydromulching or sodding. Fresh growth of vegetation shall eliminate the need for additional re-vegetation but does not constitute stabilization. D.Should a construction process remove any portion of the perimeter controls, the controls should be replaced in accordance with the TCEQ guidelines. Prior to the completion of the project, all bare areas shall be re-vegetated with a cellulose fiber hydromulch seeding process or sodded. E.Siltation control devices placed at storm drain inlets and culverts shall be removed by the Contractor once the site has been stabilized. 3.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION A.The contractor shall familiarize himself with the erosion control requirements of TCEQ. The site superintendent, or his representative, shall make a visual inspection of all structural and/or natural controls and newly stabilized areas as required by TCEQ, especially after a rainfall to insure that all controls are maintained and properly functioning. Any damaged controls shall be repaired prior to the end of the work day, including re-seeding and mulching or re-sodding if necessary. All inspections shall be documented with a written report. Reports shall include the effectiveness of erosion control measures, construction activities conducted since the last report and their location. Reports shall be maintained by the Contractor along with the Erosion Control Plan per the TCEQ guidelines. B.The contractor is responsible for the ECP. The contractor shall continuously update the plan with all changes. Areas already stabilized shall be noted on the plan. All sediment trapping devices shall be installed as soon as practical after the area has been disturbed (never more than 14 days). All sediment trapping devices shall be cleaned when the sediment level reaches 25% capacity. Sediment shall be disposed of by spreading on site or hauling away if not suitable for fill. Approved – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 3 Section 31 25 13 Erosion and Sedimentation Control C.The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all materials, improvements, and maintenance activities necessary to keep dust, silt, and mud from leaving the work zone, including being tracked by vehicles traveling throughout the zone. D.Should, in the opinion of the Owner, the Contractor fail to prevent the escape of dust or contain silt and mud within the project, after due notification by the City Representative, Owner forces will be used to clean up those affected areas, and the cost of same will be deducted from the contract. E.Prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall verify that no dust, silt, or mud exists within the work zone in deposits deeper than two inches (2”) as a result of the contractor’s containment procedures. Should the Contractor claim final completion without removing such deposits, they will be removed by Owner forces and the cost of which shall be deducted from the contract. END OF SECTION Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 1 Section 32 92 13 Hydro-Mulch Seeding SECTION 32 92 13 HYDRO-MULCH SEEDING (Sentences and/or paragraphs that are double underlined indicate revisions that were made from the 2009 specification.) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all plant, labor, materials, equipment, supplies, supervision and tools and performing all work necessary to top soiling, smoothing, seeding, fertilizing, watering, maintenance and cleanups of side slopes, all in accordance with these specifications. B. The hydro-mulch seeding operations, together with all necessary related work, shall conform to the requirements specified in this section. The area(s) to be hydro-mulch seeded shall be as shown on the construction drawings. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. The unit of measurement for all work performed and materials furnished, as described herein, will be the acre or per station as indicated in the bid documents. Measurement shall be done upon completion of the work performed within the limits shown on the drawings and as described herein. The area measured for payment will be computed to the nearest 1/10-acre or station.as a Lump SumB. Payment for hydro-mulch seeding will be made at the contract unit price per acre or per station and includes topsoil (when specified), smoothing, mulch, seed fertilizer, watering, maintenance and clean-up. Additional payment shall not be made for those areas that are replanted. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All seed must meet the requirements of the U.S. Department of Agriculture Rules & Regulations as set forth in the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. B. Type of seed, purity and germination requirements, rate of application and planting dates are as follows: TABLE 1 Application Rate-Pounds TYPE/COMBINATION PER ACRE PLANTING DATE Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 and,40 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 and,40 Jan. 1 to Apr. 15 Annual Rye Grass,50 including Gulf Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 2 Section 32 92 13 Hydro-Mulch Seeding TYPE/COMBINATION PER ACRE PLANTING DATE Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr. 15 to Oct. 1 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 and, Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 40 Oct. 1 to Jan. 1 C. Fertilizer shall be water soluble with an analysis of 10 percent nitrogen, 20 percent phosphoric acid and 10 percent potash. Rate of application shall be 500 pounds per acre, except during the period of April 15 through September 1, when the rate shall be reduced to 400 pounds per acre. The fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in bags or other convenient containers, each fully labeled, conforming to the applicable State Fertilizer Laws and bearing the name and warranty of the producer. D. Mulch shall be virgin wood cellulose fiber made from whole wood chips. Within the fiber mulch material, at least 20 percent of the fibers will be 10.7 mm in length and 0.27 mm in diameter. Rate of application shall be 2000 pounds per acre. Soil stabilizers such as Terra Type III (or pre-approved equal) shall be applied at a rate of 40 pounds per acre on side slopes and Terra Tack I (or pre-approved equal) shall be applied at a rate of 40 pounds per acre on flatter portions. E. Wood cellulose fiber mulch, for use in the grass seed and fertilizer, shall be processed in such a manner that it will not contain germination or growth inhibiting factors. It shall be dyed an appropriate color to allow visual metering of its application. The wood cellulose fibers shall have the property of becoming evenly dispersed and suspended when agitated in water. When sprayed uniformly on the surface of the soil, the fibers shall form a blotter- like ground cover, which readily absorbs water and allows infiltration to the underlying soil. Weight specifications from suppliers for all applications shall refer only to the underlying soil. Weight specifications from suppliers, shall refer only to the air dry weight of the fiber. The mulch material shall be supplied in packages having a gross weight not in excess of 100 pounds and must be marked by the manufacturer to show the dry weight content. Suppliers shall be prepared to certify that laboratory and field testing of their product has been accomplished and that it meets all of the foregoing requirements. F. Water shall be free from oil, acid, alkali, salt and other substances harmful to the growth of grass. The water source shall be subject to approval, prior to use. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. EXECUTION: Immediately after the finished grade has been approved, begin hydro- mulching operations to reduce erosion and excessive weed growth. Hydraulic equipment used for the application of fertilizer, seed and slurry of prepared wood fiber mulch shall have a built-in agitation system with an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend and homogeneously mix a slurry containing up to forty (40) pounds of fiber plus a combined total of 70 pounds of fertilizer solids for each 100 gallons Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 3 Section 32 92 13 Hydro-Mulch Seeding of water. The slurry distribution lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage. The discharge line shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic spray nozzles which provide even distribution of the slurry on the area to be seeded. The slurry tank shall have a minimum capacity of 800 gallons and shall be mounted on a traveling unit, which may either be self- propelled or drawn with a separate unit which will place the slurry tank and spray nozzles within sufficient proximity to the areas to be seeded, so as to provide uniform distribution without waste. The Engineer may authorize equipment with a smaller tank capacity, provided the equipment has the necessary agitation system and sufficient pump capacity to spray the slurry in a uniform coat. Care shall be taken that the slurry preparation takes place on the site of the work. The slurry preparation should begin by adding water to the tank when the engine is at half throttle. When the water level has reached the height of the agitator shaft, good re- circulation shall be established and seed shall be added. Fertilizer shall then be added, followed by wood pulp mulch. The wood pulp mulch shall only be added to the mixture after the seed and when the tank is at least one-third filled with water. The engine throttle shall be opened to full speed when the tank is half filled with water. All the wood pulp mulch shall be added by the time the tank is two-thirds to three-fourths full. Spraying shall commence immediately when the tank is full. The operator shall spray the area with a uniform visible coat, by using the green color of the wood pulp as a guide. B. APPLICATION: The contractor shall obtain approval of hydro-mulch area preparation from the Engineer prior to application. Operators of hydro-mulching equipment shall be thoroughly experienced in this type of application. Apply the specified slurry mix in a motion to form a uniform mat at the specified rate. Operators shall keep the hydro-mulch within the areas designated and keep from contact with other plant material. Immediately after application, thoroughly wash off any plant material, planting areas or paved areas not intended to receive slurry mix. Keep all paved and planting areas clean during maintenance operations. Contractor shall keep hydro-mulching within the areas designated and keep from contact with other plant material. If in the opinion of the Engineer, unplanted skips and areas are noted after hydro- mulching, the contractor shall be required to seed the unplanted areas with the grasses that were to have been planted at no additional cost to owner. C. CONTRACTOR’S MAINTENANCE & GUARANTEE PERIOD: The hydro-mulch seeding shall be adequately watered until established. Any areas damaged by erosion or areas that do not have an acceptable turfing shall be redone to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Maintenance of grass areas shall be for 60 days after the completion of the project and shall consist of watering, weeding, repair of all erosion and reseeding, as necessary to establish a uniform stand of the specified grasses. Contractor shall guarantee growth and coverage of hydro-mulch planting under this contract to the effect that a minimum of 95% of the area planted will be covered with the specified planting after 60 days. The Contractor shall be responsible for one (1) mowing every two weeks between the months of April to October. The Contractor shall also be responsible for one (1) mowing every three (3) weeks between the months of November to March. In addition, the Contractor shall water the entire sodded and hydro-mulched areas to a saturated depth of one (1) inch at least once a week between the months of April to September and at least once a month between the months of October to March. Revised – 8/2012 B/CS Unified Specifications 4 Section 32 92 13 Hydro-Mulch Seeding The Contractor shall make a second application of specified hydromulch planting those bare areas not meeting specified coverage as determined by the Engineer. Such replanting is to be performed within 60 days of initial application and upon notification by the Engineer to replant. The Contractor shall apply top dress fertilizer (delayed action), at the rate of 10 pounds per 1000 square feet at 25 days after hydro-mulching of all new lawn areas. Top dress fertilizer shall be 16-6-8. Prior to final inspection, the Contractor shall mow the entire right-of-way within the project limits, including weeding around existing structures. END OF SECTION Project: To : Re : Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining the Built Environment Specification Title: Section: Proposed Substitution: SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (After the Bidding/Negotiating Stage) Substitution Request Number: Date: A/E Project Number: Contract For: Description: Article/Paragraph : Manufacturer: _________ Address: ________________ Phone:------------- Trade Name : ----------------------------Model No.: ___________ _ Installer: ___________ Address: ________________ Phone:------------- History: D New product D 1-4 years old D 5-10 years old D More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: -------------------------- D Point-by-point comparative data attached -REQUIRED BY A/E Reason for not providing specified item:----------------------------------- Similar Installation: Project:----------------Architect:--------------------- Address : _______________ _ Owner: _____________________ _ Date Installed :------------------- Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: DNo D Yes; explain -------------------- Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: _____________________ ($ ___________ ). Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: D No DYes [Add] [Deduct] ___________ days. Supporting Data Attached: D Drawings D Product Data D Samples D Tests D Reports D ----------- © Copyright 2004, Construction Specifications Institute, 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300, Alexandria, VA 22314 Page I of 2 June 2004 CSI Form 13.IA Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining the Built Environment CHANGE ORDER REQUEST(PROPOSAL) Project: Change Order Request Number: From (Contractor): To : Date: A/E Project Number: Re : Contract For: This Change Order Request (C.O.R.) contains an itemized quotation for changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time in response to proposed modifications to the Contract Documents based on Proposal Request No. ____ _ Description of Proposed Change: Attached supporting information from: D Subcontractor D Supplier _____ _ D ____ _ Reason for Change : Does Proposed Change involve a change in Contract Sum? D No Does Proposed Change involve a change in Contract Time? D No D Yes [Increase] [Decrease] Attached pages: D Proposal Worksheet Summary: D Proposal Worksheet Detail(s): Signed by: Copies: D Owner D Consultants D _____ _ © Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300, Alexandria, VA 22314 D Yes [Increase] [Decrease] D _____ _ D _____ _ Page I of __ D ____ _ $ _________ _ ________ days. Date: o ____ _ DFile July 1994 CS! Form l 3.6A rt' Project: To: Re: Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining the Built Environment Proposal Request Number: SHADED AREAS FOR A/E USE ADDITIONS DI Ref. No. I Item Description I 2 3 4 I Quantity Subtotal (Enter this number on Worksheet Summary.) DEDUCTIONS DI Ref. No. I Item Description I Quantity I 2 3 - 4 - Subtotal (Enter this number on Worksheet Summary.) © Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300, Alexandria, VA 22314 UNIT PRICES I Materials I I UNIT PRICES I Materials I I Page 3 of __ Change Order Request Number: PROPOSAL WORKSHEET DETAIL From: _____________ Contact: DaIB: ---------------------------- A/E Project Number: ----------------------- SUBTOTALS Labor Materials I l II I SUBTOTALS Labor Materials I I II I Labor I I Labor I I EJ II I I EJ II I I July 1994 CSI Form 13.6C Project: To: Re: Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining the Built Environment Proposal Request Number:-------------- PROPOSAL WORKSHEET SUMMARY Change Order Request Number: From : Date: A/E Project Number: Complete and attach Proposal Worksheet Detail for each element of Work. Enter Worksheet Information below. ADDITIONS DI sheet I Description -I -2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 DEDUCTIONS Dl sheet I Description I 2 3 >-- 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - © Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300, Alexandria, YA 22314 Subtotal Subtotal Page 2 of __ II Material I Labor I I II Material I Labor I I Subcontractor's Net: Subcontractor's OH&P: Subcontractor's Bond: Subcontractor's Total: Contractor's OH&P: Contractor's Bond: Insurance: Tax: WORKSHEET TOTAL II Subtotal I II I II Subtotal I II $ $ I July 1994 csr Form 13.60 AIA® Document G701TM – 2001 Change Order AIA Document G701™ – 2001. Copyright © 1979, 1987, 2000 and 2001 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 14:04:02 on 10/14/2015 under Order No.3102869232_1 which expires on 01/04/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (844509493) 1 PROJECT (Name and address): CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: 002 OWNER: ARCHITECT: CONTRACTOR: FIELD: OTHER: DATE: TO CONTRACTOR (Name and address): ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NUMBER: CONTRACT DATE: CONTRACT FOR: General Construction THE CONTRACT IS CHANGED AS FOLLOWS: (Include, where applicable, any undisputed amount attributable to previously executed Construction Change Directives) The original Contract Sum was $ 0.00 The net change by previously authorized Change Orders $ 0.00 The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order was $ 0.00 The Contract Sum will be increased by this Change Order in the amount of $ 0.00 The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be $ 0.00 The Contract Time will be increased by Zero (0) days. The date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is NOTE: This Change Order does not include changes in the Contract Sum, Contract Time or Guaranteed Maximum Price which have been authorized by Construction Change Directive until the cost and time have been agreed upon by both the Owner and Contractor, in which case a Change Order is executed to supersede the Construction Change Directive. NOT VALID UNTIL SIGNED BY THE ARCHITECT, CONTRACTOR AND OWNER. ARCHITECT (Firm name) CONTRACTOR (Firm name) OWNER (Firm name) ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS BY (Signature) BY (Signature) BY (Signature) (Typed name) (Typed name) (Typed name) DATE DATE DATE AIA® Document G710TM – 1992 Architect's Supplemental Instructions AIA Document G710™ – 1992. Copyright © 1979 and 1992 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:10:14 on 10/14/2015 under Order No.3102869232_1 which expires on 01/04/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1664186990) 1 PROJECT (Name and address): ARCHITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAL OWNER: ARCHITECT: CONSULTANT: CONTRACTOR: FIELD: OTHER: INSTRUCTION NO: 002 OWNER (Name and address): DATE OF ISSUANCE: CONTRACT FOR: General Construction FROM ARCHITECT (Name and address): CONTRACT DATE: TO CONTRACTOR (Name and address): ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NUMBER: The Work shall be carried out in accordance with the following supplemental instructions issued in accordance with the Contract Documents without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Proceeding with the Work in accordance with these instructions indicates your acknowledgment that there will be no change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. DESCRIPTION: ATTACHMENTS: (Here insert listing of documents that support description.) ISSUED BY THE ARCHITECT: (Signature) (Printed name and title) AIA® Document G714TM – 2007 Construction Change Directive AIA Document G714™ – 2007. Copyright © 2001 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 14:12:07 on 10/14/2015 under Order No.3102869232_1 which expires on 01/04/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (929650227) 1 PROJECT: (Name and address) DIRECTIVE NUMBER: 002 OWNER: ARCHITECT: CONSULTANT: CONTRACTOR: FIELD: OTHER: DATE: CONTRACT FOR: General Construction TO CONTRACTOR: (Name and address) CONTRACT DATED: ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NUMBER: You are hereby directed to make the following change(s) in this Contract: (Describe briefly any proposed changes or list any attached information in the alternative) PROPOSED ADJUSTMENTS 1. The proposed basis of adjustment to the Contract Sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price is: • Lump Sum decrease of $0.00 • Unit Price of $ per • As provided in Section 7.3.3 of AIA Document A201-2007 • As follows: 2. The Contract Time is proposed to (remain unchanged). The proposed adjustment, if any, is 0 days. When signed by the Owner and Architect and received by the Contractor, this document becomes effective IMMEDIATELY as a Construction Change Directive (CCD), and the Contractor shall proceed with the change(s) described above. Contractor signature indicates agreement with the proposed adjustments in Contract Sum and Contract Time set forth in this CCD. ARCHITECT (Firm name) OWNER (Firm name) CONTRACTOR (Firm name) ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS BY (Signature) BY (Signature) BY (Signature) (Typed name) (Typed name) (Typed name) DATE DATE DATE 1PROJECT:APPLICATION NO::PERIOD TO::CONTRACT FOR::VIACONTRACT DATE::ARCHITECT:PROJECT NOS://:a.0$0.00 )=b.0day of$0.00 )=$0.00Total Retainage (Lines 5a + 5b or Total in Column I of G703)……………………$0.00$0.00State of:7. LESS PREVIOUS CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT………………………………..In accordance with the Contract Documents, based on on-site observations and the data comprising this application, the Architect certifies to the Owner that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief the Work has progressed as indicated, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the Contractor is entitled to payment of the AMOUNT CERTIFIED.9. BALANCE TO FINISH, INCLUDING RETAINAGEARCHITECT'S CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT $0.00(Line 4 Less Line 5 Total)$0.00This Certificate is not negotiable. The AMOUNT CERTIFIED is payable only to the Contractor named herein. Issuance, payment and acceptance of payment are without prejudice to any rights of the Owner or Contractor under this Contract.By:ARCHITECT:AMOUNT CERTIFIED……………………………………………………Date:$0.00(Attach explanation if amount certified differs from the amount applied. Initial all figures on this Application and on the Continuation Sheet that are changed to conform with the amount certified.)6. TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE…………………………………………….Subscribed and sworn to before% of Stored Material(Column D + E on G703: me thisCounty of:% of Completed Work$0.00My Commission expires:Notary Public:AIA® Document G702™ – 1992Application and Certificate for PaymentFROMTO OWNER:OWNERARCHITECTCONTRACTORDistribution to:AIA DocsFIELD003General ConstructionCONTRACTOR'S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENTCONTRACTOR:$0.00CONTRACTOR:$0.00The undersigned Contractor certifies that to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief the Work covered by this Application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid by the Contractor for Work for which previous Certificates for Payment were issued and payments received from the Owner, and that current payment shown herein is now due.Date:By:$0.00Application is made for payment, as shown below, in connection with the Contract.Continuation Sheet, AIA Document G703, is attached.TOTALS Total changes approved in previous months by Owner$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00$0.00NET CHANGES by Change Order$0.00(Line 3 less Line 6)Total approved this Month$0.00(Line 6 from prior Certificate)DEDUCTIONSADDITIONS$0.008. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE………………………………………………………CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY4. TOTAL COMPLETED & STORED TO DATE (Column G on G703)……………….5. RETAINAGE:(Column F on G703: 1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM………………………………………………………2. NET CHANGE BY CHANGE ORDERS………………………………………………3. CONTRACT SUM TO DATE (Line 1 ± 2) ……………………………………….. 1AB C D E FH IFROM PREVIOUS APPLICATION(D + E)THIS PERIOD0.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.000.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.00GRAND TOTAL0.000.000.000.000.00 0.00%0.000.00WORK COMPLETEDDESCRIPTION OF WORKTOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE(D + E + F)MATERIALS PRESENTLY STORED(NOT IN D OR E)GRETAINAGE(IF VARIABLE RATE)BALANCE TO FINISH(C - G)% (G ÷ C)ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: AIA® Document G703™ – 1992APPLICATION NO:Continuation SheetAIA Document, G702TM–1992, Application and Certification for Payment, or G736TM–2009, Project Application and Project Certificate for Payment, Construction Manager as Adviser Edition, containing Contractor's signed certification is attached.In tabulations below, amounts are in US dollars.Use Column I on Contracts where variable retainage for line items may apply.APPLICATION DATE:002PERIOD TO:ITEM NO.SCHEDULED VALUE AIA® Document G706TM – 1994 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims AIA Document G706™ – 1994. Copyright © 1970 and 1994 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:16:52 on 10/14/2015 under Order No.3102869232_1 which expires on 01/04/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (792877173) 1 PROJECT: (Name and address) ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: ARCHITECT: CONTRACTOR: SURETY: OTHER: CONTRACT FOR: General Construction TO OWNER: (Name and address) CONTRACT DATED: STATE OF: COUNTY OF: The undersigned hereby certifies that, except as listed below, payment has been made in full and all obligations have otherwise been satisfied for all materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the performance of the Contract referenced above for which the Owner or Owner's property might in any way be held responsible or encumbered. EXCEPTIONS: SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: CONTRACTOR: (Name and address) 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. Whenever Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required. AIA Document G707, Consent of Surety, may be used for this purpose Indicate Attachment Yes No BY: The following supporting documents should be attached hereto if required by the Owner: (Signature of authorized representative) 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt of final payment. (Printed name and title) 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers, to the extent required by the Owner, accompanied by a list thereof. Subscribed and sworn to before me on this date: Notary Public: 3. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA Document G706A). My Commission Expires: AIA® Document G706ATM – 1994 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens AIA Document G706A™ – 1994. Copyright © 1982 and 1994 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:18:31 on 10/14/2015 under Order No.3102869232_1 which expires on 01/04/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (795042676) 1 PROJECT: (Name and address) ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: ARCHITECT: CONTRACTOR: SURETY: OTHER: CONTRACT FOR: General Construction TO OWNER: (Name and address) CONTRACT DATED: STATE OF: COUNTY OF: The undersigned hereby certifies that to the best of the undersigned's knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work, labor or services who have or may have liens or encumbrances or the right to assert liens or encumbrances against any property of the Owner arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced above. EXCEPTIONS: SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: CONTRACTOR: (Name and address) 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers, to the extent required by the Owner, accompanied by a list thereof. BY: (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Subscribed and sworn to before me on this date: Notary Public: My Commission Expires: AIA® Document G707TM – 1994 Consent Of Surety to Final Payment AIA Document G707™ – 1994. Copyright © 1982 and 1994 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:20:26 on 10/14/2015 under Order No.3102869232_1 which expires on 01/04/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (925912151) 1 PROJECT: (Name and address) ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: ARCHITECT: CONTRACTOR: SURETY: OTHER: CONTRACT FOR: General Construction TO OWNER: (Name and address) CONTRACT DATED: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the (Insert name and address of Surety) , SURETY, on bond of (Insert name and address of Contractor) , CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety of any of its obligations to (Insert name and address of Owner) , OWNER, as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand on this date: (Insert in writing the month followed by the numeric date and year.) (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) Attest: (Seal): (Printed name and title) ~ Project: To (A/E): Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining the Built Environment SUBCONTRACTORS AND MAJOR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS LIST From (Contractor): ------------------------- Date: A/E Project Number: Contract For :~---------------------------- List Subcontractors and Major Material Suppliers proposed for use on this Project as required by the Construction Documents . Attach supplemental sheets if necessary. Section Number D Attachments Signed by : Copies: D Owner Section Title D Consultants © Copyright 1994. Construction Specifications Institute, 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 , Alexandria, VA 22314 Firm Address D ___ _ o __ _ 0 D __ _ Page l of __ Phone Number (Fax Number) Date : D __ _ O __ _ Contact o __ _ D File July 1994 CS! Form I.SA Project: Owner R.F.I. Knowledge for Crea1ing and Suslaining lhe Built Environment DATE REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION LOG NE Project Number: ______________ _ Contractor: ------------------ DATE OF R.F.P. NO. REC'D BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF INFORMATION REQUESTED RESPONSE NO. © Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300, Alexandria, VA 22314 Page I of_ July 1994 CSJ Form l 3.2B AIA® Document G716TM – 2004 Request for Information (“RFI”) AIA Document G716™ – 2004. Copyright © 2004 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 14:12:26 on 10/16/2015 under Order No.3102869232_1 which expires on 01/04/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1782077249) 1 TO: FROM: PROJECT: ISSUE DATE: RFI No. 003 REQUESTED REPLY DATE: PROJECT NUMBERS: / COPIES TO: RFI DESCRIPTION: (Fully describe the question or type of information requested.) REFERENCES/ATTACHMENTS: (List specific documents researched when seeking the information requested.) SPECIFICATIONS: DRAWINGS: OTHER: SENDER’S RECOMMENDATION: (If RFI concerns a site or construction condition, the sender may provide a recommended solution, including cost and/or schedule considerations.) RECEIVER’S REPLY: (Provide answer to RFI, including cost and/or schedule considerations.) BY DATE COPIES TO Note: This reply is not an authorization to proceed with work involving additional cost, time or both. If any reply requires a change to the Contract Documents, a Change Order, Construction Change Directive or a Minor Change in the work must be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents. AIA® Document G810TM – 2001 Transmittal Letter AIA Document G810™ – 2001. Copyright © 1970 and 2001 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 14:16:31 on 10/14/2015 under Order No.3102869232_1 which expires on 01/04/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (961565772) 1 PROJECT: (Name and address) TO: (Name and address) FROM: (Name and address) WE TRANSMIT: Attached Under separate cover VIA: Overnight delivery Mail E-mail Courier Fax Other FOR: Approval / Action Information Use as requested Comment Distribution Other THE FOLLOWING: Drawings Specifications Digital Files Submittals Other NO. OF COPIES DATE FORMAT DESCRIPTION REMARKS: BY: COPIES TO: